You are on page 1of 304

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN Before driving your vehicle please read this Own- MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity
confidence. It was produced using the latest with controls and maintenance requirements, as- This vehicle should not be modified.
techniques and strict quality control. sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle. Modification could affect its
performance, safety or durability, and
This manual was prepared to help you under-
WARNING may even violate governmental
stand the operation and maintenance of your
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome- IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION regulations. In addition, damage or per-
ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! formance problems resulting from modi-
manual before operating your vehicle. fications may not be covered under
Follow these important driving rules to
NISSAN warranties.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
explains details about the warranties cov- for you and your passengers!
ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service ● NEVER drive under the influence of al-
and Maintenance Guide” explains details cohol or drugs.
about maintaining and servicing your ve-
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer ● ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will and never drive too fast for conditions.
explain how to resolve any concerns you ● ALWAYS give your full attention to driving
may have with your vehicle, as well as and avoid using vehicle features or taking
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon other actions that could distract you.
law.
● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-
Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle priate child restraint systems. Preteen
best. When you require any service or have any children should be seated in the rear
questions, they will be glad to assist you with the seat.
extensive resources available to them.
● ALWAYS provide information about the
proper use of vehicle safety features to
all occupants of the vehicle.
● ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual
for important safety information.

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/03/08—cathy X

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for all options CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
available on this model. Therefore, you may find WARNING
some information that does not apply to your
vehicle.
WARNING
All information, specifications and illustrations in
Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
this manual are those in effect at the time of
and certain vehicle components contain
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
or emit chemicals known to the State of
specifications or design without notice and with-
California to cause cancer and birth de-
out obligation.
fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT tion, certain fluids contained in vehicles
THIS MANUAL and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
You will see various symbols in this manual. They State of California to cause cancer and
are used in the following ways: APD1005 birth defects or other reproductive harm.
If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”
WARNING
or “Do not let this happen.”
This is used to indicate the presence of a
hazard that could cause death or serious
personal injury. To avoid or reduce the If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-
risk, the procedures must be followed tion, it means the arrow points to the front of the
precisely. vehicle.

CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of a Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these
hazard that could cause minor or moder- indicate movement or action.
ate personal injury or damage to your ve-
hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-
cedures must be followed carefully. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these
call attention to an item in the illustration.

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batter-
ies, may contain perchlorate material. The
following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate
Material – special handling may apply, See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

BLUETOOTHt is a
trademark owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
U.S.A. and licensed to
Xanavi Informatics
Corporation.
© Nissan Mexicana, S. A de C. V.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form, or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Nissan Mexicana, S. A de C. V.

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES . . .
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information:
For U.S. customers
provide NISSAN directly with comments or – Your name, address, and telephone number Nissan North America, Inc.
questions, please contact the NISSAN Con-
– Vehicle identification number (attached to the Consumer Affairs Department
sumer Affairs Department using our toll-free
top of the instrument panel on the driver’s P.O. Box 685003
number:
side) Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For U.S. customers
– Date of purchase For Canadian customers
1-800-NISSAN-1
Nissan Canada Inc.
(1-800-647-7261) – Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor Drive
For Canadian customers – Your NISSAN dealer’s name Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
1-800-387-0122
– Your comments or questions
OR

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical and consumer information 9
Index 10

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

. . . 0-7 Exterior front . . . . . . .0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags. . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . 0-4 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel. seat belts and child restraints . . 0-8 Exterior rear. 0-9 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seat belts (P.AIRBAGS. Seats (P. 1-48) 8. 1-35) 4. Rear seat belts (P. Occupant classification sensor (pressure sensor) (P.1-35) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag (P. 1-7) 5. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) (P. 1-2) 9. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P. 1-35) 3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (P. Seat belt with pretensioner (P. SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1. 1-17) 7. 1-35) 2. 1-7) 6. LII0080 0-2 Illustrated table of contents Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

Windshield (P. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P. WII0101 Illustrated table of contents 0-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 8-32) 9. 3-21) 2. 3-28) 8. 3-6. 2-19) 12. Intelligent Key system. Tire pressure (P. 8-19) 4. keys (P. 3-4. 8-38) 11. 8-27) 13. 3-2) 7. 2-17) 3. Door locks. Mirrors (P. 6-13) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. 2-19) 14. Power windows (P. Replacing bulbs (P. keyfob. 6-2) 10. 3-9. Engine hood (P.EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Flat tire (P. 2-31) 5. Fog light switch (P. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. Tire chains (P. 2-28) 6. Tie down hook (if so equipped) (P.

4-28) 4. fuel recommendation (P. Rear hatch opener switch (P. Rear window defroster switch (P.EXTERIOR REAR HATCHBACK MODEL 1. 2-19) 3. WII0093 0-4 Illustrated table of contents Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 3-22) 2. Fuel-filler door (P. Fuel-filler cap. 9-3) 7. 3-23) 9. 8-27) 8. 3-26. P. Replacing bulbs (P. 3-6) 5. Child safety rear door locks (P. Rear window washer (P. Antenna (P. Interior hatch release (P. 2-18) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. 3-26) 6.

2-19) 3. 3-26) 6. Replacing bulbs (P. 4-28) 4. 9-3) 7. 3-26. Antenna (P. Fuel-filler door (P. 8-27) 8.3-25 ) 2. fuel recommendation (P. 3-6) 5. Rear window defroster switch (P. Child safety rear door locks (P. Interior trunk lid release (P. Fuel-filler cap. SEDAN MODEL 1. 3-24 / 3-12) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. P. WII0102 Illustrated table of contents 0-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Trunk opener switch/Intelligent Key request switch (P.

1-5) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. Tonneau cover (hatchback model only) (P. LII0083 0-6 Illustrated table of contents Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . P. 2-27) 2. Moonroof switch (if so equipped) (P. Rear seat (P. 3-28) 6. 1-4) 3. Rear armrest (if so equipped) (P. Map lights (P. Parking brake. 1-2) 5. Glove box (P. 2-33) 4. Front seat (P. Sunglasses holder (P.PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1. 2-31) 7. 5-22. 5-26) 11. 2-26) 10. 2-25) 9. 2-33) 8. Sun visors (P. parking on hills (P. Interior lights (P.

3-26) 24. 2-25) 16. Instrument brightness control (P. 5-23) tem (if so equipped) (P.INSTRUMENT PANEL 7. Passenger air bag status light (P. 4-10) 9. Cup holders (P. Meters and gauges (P. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. Center ventilator (P. Defroster switch (P. Steering wheel switch for audio control 6. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. 3-27) 22. Hood release lever (P. 2-3) 3. 8-21) WIC1286 25. 4-27. Side ventilator (P. Storage bin (P. Climate control (P. Shift selector lever (P. 3-21) 23. Fuse block (P. Glove box (P. 1-43) 20. 2-23) 10. 2-21) See the page number indicated in paren- 1. 2-18) 8. 2-17. 4-3) 19. Passenger’s supplemental air bag (P. 1-35) 12. 2. (if so equipped) (P. 1-35. 4-2) 13. Outside mirror control switch (P. 5-13) 17. 2-19) 18. 2-26) 14. 2-22) signal switch (P. 4-29) Illustrated table of contents 0-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Driver’s supplemental air bag/horn theses for operating details. Fuel-filler door release lever (P. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn (P. 4-2) 11. Ignition switch (P. Audio system (P. Tilt steering (P. Cruise control main/set switches and BluetoothT hands-free phone sys. 2-19) 5. 2-22) 15. 3-29) 4. 5-6) 21.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1. 8-13) 3. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-14) *1 For Manual Transmission (M/T) model *2 For Automatic Transmission (A/T) model NOTE: Engine cover removed for clarity. Engine coolant reservoir (P. Radiator cap (P. Drive belt location (P. Battery (P. 8-21) 6. 8-8) 2. WDI0631 0-8 Illustrated table of contents Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .8-17) 11. Engine oil dipstick (P. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-7) 8. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) dipstick (*2) (P. Air cleaner (P. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-7) 9. See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. 8-14) 5. Brake and clutch (*1) fluid reservoir (P. 8-8) 10. 8-18) 4. 8-11) 7.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Warning Name Page light light light Anti-lock Braking 2-7 Intelligent Key lock 2-9 Seat belt warning 2-11 or System (ABS) warn. 2-9 or tem warning light (if so equipped) Indicator Name Page light Low fuel warning 2-9 Charge warning light 2-8 light Automatic Transmis. warning light (M/T light and chime ing light (if so models)(if so equipped) equipped) Supplemental air 2-11 bag warning light Brake warning light 2-7 Intelligent Key sys. 2-11 sion (A/T) / Con- Low tire pressure 2-9 tinuously Variable Door open warning 2-8 warning light (if so Transmission (CVT) light equipped) position indicator light Electric power 2-8 Low windshield 2-10 steering warning washer fluid warning CRUISE main 2-11 light light (if so equipped) switch indicator light (if so equipped) Engine oil pressure 2-8 P position selecting 2-10 warning light warning light (CVT Cruise SET switch 2-12 models)(if so indicator light (if so High temperature 2-8 equipped) equipped) warning light (red) Illustrated table of contents 0-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

Indicator Name Page light Front passenger air 2-12 bag status light High beam indicator 2-12 light (blue) Low temperature 2-12 indicator light (blue) (if so equipped) Malfunction Indica. 2-13 tor light (A/T / CVT models) Security indicator 2-13 light Turn signal/hazard 2-13 indicator lights 0-10 Illustrated table of contents Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 2-12 tor Light (MIL) Overdrive off indica.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 (if so equipped for Hatchback models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Folding rear seat System (LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 belts . . 1-24 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Precautions on supplemental restraint Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Pregnant women . . . . 1-4 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . 1-35 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . 1-20 Head restraint adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Child restraint installation using the seat Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Booster seat installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Child safety . . . .1 Safety—Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Supplemental air bag warning light . 1-19 Front-Seat Active Head Restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

neck or other serious injuries. gently rock in the seat receive serious internal injuries. In an accident. Unattended children could become involved in seri- ous accidents. Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined. to make sure it is securely locked. The shoulder belt will not adjust the seat properly.SEATS FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT ARS1152 WARNING ● For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion. You could also slide under the lap belt and ● After adjustment. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . See “Precau- be against your body. ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. the seat should ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when be upright. They could unknowingly ac- tivate switches or controls. tions on Seat Belt Usage” later in this you could be thrown into it and receive section. 1-2 Safety—Seats. This can be seat with both feet on the floor and dangerous.

See “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section. WRS0692 WRS0693 WRS0694 Forward and backward Reclining Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’s Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the To recline the seatback. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Release the lever lever to adjust the seat height until the desired to lock the seatback in position. Also. back. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in P (Park). To bring the seatback forward. position is achieved. Safety—Seats. pull the lever Repeatedly pull up or push down the adjusting Release the lever to lock the seat in position. up and lean your body forward. pull the lever up and lean seat) seat forward or backward to the desired position.

WARNING ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position. unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. Type A Fold down the rear center armrest s 1 and open the trunk access panel s 2 . Keep the car locked. Type A jured. 1-4 Safety—Seats. dent or sudden stop. s 1 Remove the tonneau cover from the rear passengers may be injured in an acci- seatback. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. and prevent children’s for Sedan models) access to car keys. be certain they are equipped for Hatchback models) completely secured in the latched posi- tion. are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the SSS0591 trunk where they could be seriously in. WRS0758 ● When returning the seatbacks to the FOLDING REAR SEAT (if so upright position. with the rear Interior trunk access (if so equipped seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop. s 2 Pull the knob s A to fold each seatback ● Closely supervise children when they down. In a sudden stop or col- lision. If they are not completely secured.

tion. be certain they are Center armrest (if so equipped) Type B completely secured in the latched posi. Keep the car locked. make sure the seat belt is routed through the ● Closely supervise children when they guide sA. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop. Safety—Seats. dent or sudden stop. If they are not completely secured. ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in- jured. Pull the knob s 1 to fold each seatback down s 2 . SSS0592 WRS0755 Type B ● When returning the seatbacks to the upright position. tion. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal. and prevent children’s access to car keys. In a sudden stop or col- lision. passengers may be injured in an acci- When returning the seatback to the upright posi. WARNING ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position.

Do supplement other safety systems. ● Always adjust the head restraints prop- erly as specified in this section. The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu- pant’s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries. Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most. The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz- ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear-end collision. SPA1025 LRS0286 Active Head Restraints operate only in certain FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD rear-end collisions. the head HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT RESTRAINTS restraints return to their original positions. Al. Doing so could impair Active Head Restraint function. described in this section. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . To raise the head restraint. To lower. Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as push and hold the lock knob and push the head WARNING restraint down. ● Do not attach anything to the head re- straint stalks. pull it up. Failure WARNING to do so can reduce the effectiveness of Head restraints should be adjusted prop- the Active Head Restraint. not remove them. prevent all injuries in any accident. erly as they may provide significant pro- ● Active Head Restraints are designed to tection against injury in an accident. No system can after someone else uses the seat. 1-6 Safety—Seats. Check the adjustment ways wear seat belts. After the collision.

Safety—Seats. USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad- justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive.S. Most U. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven. your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. even if your seating position includes a supple- mental air bag. SEAT BELTS WRS0134 SSS0136 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT with the center of your ears. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly. 1-8 Safety—Seats. restraint system and increase the priate. Failure to do so may times. if appro. in a child restraint. SSS0134 SSS0016 WARNING WARNING ● Every person who drives or rides in this ● The seat belt should be properly ad- vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit. Children should be properly re.

Always follow the restraint ● Position the lap belt as low and snug as Modifying or tampering with the seat manufacturer’s inspection instructions possible AROUND THE HIPS. lision. Safety—Seats. it may indicate a mal. but not falling off your shoulder. ● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely ● Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti- fastened to the proper buckle. ● All seat belt assemblies. vated. twisted. and replacement recommendations. WAIST. an accident. For example. less the collision was minor and the function in the system. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The devices that may change the seat belt ● All child restraints and attaching hard- belt should be away from your face and routing or tension. the seat belt. or install damage or improper operation is noted. add material. do not modify be inspected and replaced if either Never put the belt behind your back. ● Removal and installation of preten- sioner system components should be ● Do not allow more than one person to done by a NISSAN dealer. A lap belt worn too high could sonal injury. use the same seat belt. ● Do not wear the seat belt inside out or See your NISSAN dealer. operate properly. NOT THE belt system may result in serious per. NISSAN recom- tinuously while the ignition is turned mends that all seat belt assemblies in ON with all doors closed and all seat use during a collision be replaced un- SSS0014 belts fastened. belt system. The child restraints should be replaced increase the risk of internal injuries in if they are damaged. under your arm or across your neck. than there are seat belts. Have the system belts show no damage and continue to WARNING checked by a NISSAN dealer. it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness. including re- ● Never carry more people in the vehicle tractors and attaching hardware. Seat belt assemblies ● Always route the shoulder belt over ● No changes should be made to the seat not in use during a collision should also your shoulder and across your chest. Doing so may affect ware should be inspected after any col- neck. should be inspected after any collision ● If the seat belt warning light glows con. by a NISSAN dealer. the operation of the seat belt system.

bones. old. infants up to about 1 year and less NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens Safety Standards. teachers. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . mends that small children be placed in child tion. restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow facing child restraints. facing child restraint. states and Canadian provinces or terri- systems: Children that are over one year old and weigh at tories require the use of approved child restraints least 20 lbs (9 kg) can be placed in a forward ● Rear facing child restraint for infants and small children. Always use appropriate child facturer’s instructions for installation and use. and community ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu- organizations.CHILD SAFETY WARNING Infants Children need adults to help protect them. so be sure injury. rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year rear seat than in the front seat. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit in a rear facing child restraint. including doctors. Small Children There are three basic types of child restraint All U.S. Every child is different. tion. which are provided. Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed They need to be properly restrained. You should choose a child than 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rear and children be restrained in the rear seat. The that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety manual. child safety information is available from Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety lap belt may not fit over their small hip many other sources.5 cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 1-10 Safety—Seats. vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- should be seated and restrained by the seat belts tem (Air bag system) for the front passen. an improperly fit. Front facing child re. instructions for minimum and maximum weight ● Front facing child restraint Also. Infants and children need special protec. See “Child Re. there are other types of child restraints and height recommendations. The shoulder belt may mends that infants be placed in child restraints In addition to the general information in this come too close to the face or neck. to learn the best way to transport your child. NISSAN recom- them properly. Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Generally. Standards. children the manufacturer’s instructions for installation straints are available for children who outgrow are safer when properly restrained in the and use. (142. restraints. NISSAN recom- ● Booster seat available for larger children for additional protec. The seat belt may not fit ger. According to accident statistics. Refer to the manufacturer’s straints” later in this section. Booster seats are used to help position a Larger children vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no This is especially important because your Children who are too large for child restraints longer use a front facing child restraint. See “Supplemental restraint system” properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches later in this section. In an accident. restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. You should choose a child restraint government traffic safety offices.

be against your body. The shoulder belt will not seat belts. the seatback is reclined. should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top. Place the neck or other serious injuries. The seat belt should be worn snug. seat with both feet on the floor and The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and NISSAN recommends that injured persons use adjust the seat belt properly. have a label certifying that it complies with Fed. WARNING WARNING ● Every person who drives or rides in this Never let a child stand or kneel on any vehicle should use a seat belt at all seat and do not allow a child in the cargo times. the seat should hips. and always position the lap belt as low as pos- der belt in the child’s seating position fits close to you could be thrown into it and receive sible around the hips. The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop. not the waist. You the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your could also slide under the lap belt and belt goes across the abdomen. Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . This can be NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a dangerous. Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT near the face and neck. The booster seat chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your receive serious internal injuries. ● For the most effective protection when tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the the vehicle is in motion. Check with your doctor for specific eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian recommendations. In an accident. A booster seat can only be used in seating INJURED PERSONS be upright. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations. A booster seat should be PREGNANT WOMEN ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when used to obtain proper seat belt fit.kg) and 80 lbs (36 kg). use the shoulder belt WITH RETRACTOR without the booster seat. commercially available booster seat if the shoul. Always sit well back in the positions that have a three-point type seat belt. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. abdominal area. middle por. areas while the vehicle is moving. seat belts.

● Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) 1-12 Safety—Seats. move. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor. WRS0692 WRS0137 WRS0138 Manual front seat shown s 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor s 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug Fastening the seat belts and insert the tongue into the buckle until on the hips as shown. A slow shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder pulling motion permits the seat belt to and across your chest. you hear and feel the latch engage. positions three-point seat belts have two modes ● If the seat belt cannot be pulled from of operation: its fully retracted position. 1. See “Seats” earlier in this s 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the section. Adjust the seat. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Be sure the a sudden stop or on impact. ● The retractor is designed to lock during retractor to take up extra slack. firmly pull ● Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) the belt and release it. and allows you some freedom of The front passenger seat and the rear seating movement in the seat.

passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. ● When the vehicle slows down rapidly. press the button on child restraint installation. The seat belt automatically re- seat belt use by a passenger. When the ALR mode is activated. Safety—Seats. To increase your confidence in the seat belts. should not be activated. If they are certain impacts. not completely secured. The ELR locks the seat belt that the seatbacks are completely se- when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during cured in the latched position. See “Front movement by two separate methods: passenger air bag and status light” later in this section. Unfastening the seat belts The ALR mode should be used only for s 1 To unfasten the seat belt. check the operation as follows. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Checking seat belt operation sion. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode WRS0139 after the seat belt fully retracts. If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten. ● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor. the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. During normal the buckle. It can also change the operation of Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt the front passenger air bag.The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode WARNING allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of When fastening the seat belts. the ALR mode tracts. See “Child re- straints” later in this section for more information. be certain movement in the seat.

Failure to do so may reduce the effec- tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. The retractor should lock and re- strict further belt movement. ● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward WARNING quickly. SEAT BELT EXTENDERS LRS0242 If. so the belt passes over the center of WARNING the shoulder. original equipment seat belts. The ex- The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad- tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of justed to the position best for you. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . See a NISSAN To adjust. because of body size or driving position. release the adjust- ment button and try to move the shoul- If the retractor does not lock during this check or der belt anchor up and down to make if you have any questions about seat belt opera.) front passenger seating position. ● The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. made Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul. tion. see a NISSAN dealer. move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position s2 . by the same company which made the der belt anchor into position. pull out the adjustment button s 1 and dealer for assistance if an extender is required. The belt should be away from your face and neck. it is Shoulder belt height adjustment (Front not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt seats) and fasten it. an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts. but not falling off your shoulder. sure it is securely fixed in position. (See “Precau- length and may be used for either the driver or tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section. ● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders. 1-14 Safety—Seats. should be used with NISSAN seat belts. ● After adjustment.

● Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap. retractors. ● Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE ● To clean the seat belt webbing. Also. ● If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt Failure to use a child restraint can re- guide of the seat belt anchors. the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud- den stop. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the entire seat belt as- and yourself. CHILD RESTRAINTS ● Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. do not put the deterioration. ARS1098 WRS0256 mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. the seat sult in serious injury or death. apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident. PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts WARNING to dry in the shade. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean. tongues. It is not possible ● Periodically check to see that the seat for even the strongest adult to resist the belt and the metal components. sembly should be replaced. Do not allow the seat belts RESTRAINTS ● Infants and small children should al- to retract until they are completely dry. such as forces of a severe accident. ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle. The child buckles. work properly. flexible wires could be crushed between the adult and and anchors. cuts or other damage on the same seat belt around both your child webbing is found. belts may retract slowly. If the child restraint is not secured properly. If loose parts. parts of the vehicle. dry cloth. Safety—Seats.

In general. If the restraint is not secure. be sure to select one which will child restraint. Check the seating surface and buckles are safer when properly restrained in before placing your child in the child ● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- the rear seat than in the front seat. again. see the “Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren and other occupants of the vehicle and straint in place. This vehicle is equipped with a universal child straint installation using the seat belts” ● After attaching the child restraint. cording to accident statistics. possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle. the risk of a child being in. before you place the child in it. tighten the belt as necessary. straint in the front seat. Not all child restraints fit also designed to be installed with the lap portion fit your child and vehicle. or severity of injury for both the child check to see if the belt holds the re. Try to tug it forward and connected to these lower anchors. or put the restraint. The child restraint System (LATCH)” later in this section. Under no circumstances are Remember that a child restraint left in a straint be installed in the rear seat. straints. When purchasing a child re. of a lap/shoulder seat belt. ● Child restraint anchor points are de- restraint must only be used in the rear signed to withstand only those loads seat. Push it Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System from side to side while holding the seat or LATCH.● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air ● If the child restraint is not anchored ● When your child restraint is not in use. For details. If you do not have a LATCH compatible child mm). never install a rear-facing properly. they to be used for adult seat belts or closed vehicle can become very hot. tioned to fit the child restraint. keep it secured with the LATCH system child restraint in the front seat. Ac. An in. See facturer’s instructions for installation restraint in another seat and test it “Child restraint installation using the seat belts” and use. thrown around in case of a sudden stop jure or kill your child. child restraints are straint. Some child restraints include two rigid ● Improper use or improper installation near the LATCH attachment or by the or webbing-mounted attachments that can be of a child restraint can increase the risk seat belt path. but as you must install a front facing child re- upright as possible. ● Follow all of the child restraint manu. 1-16 Safety—Seats. Bag System. If restraint. see “Child re. can lead to serious injury or death in an should not move more than 1 inch (25 accident. referred to as the later in this section. You may need to try a different later in this section. A rear-facing child or accident. It may not be in all types of vehicles. test it restraint lower anchor system. jured in a collision or a sudden stop or a seat belt to prevent it from being flating front air bag could seriously in. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . CAUTION imposed by correctly fitted child re- ● NISSAN recommends that the child re. greatly increases. children harnesses. the vehicle seat belts can be used.

This system may also be restraint at all times while the vehicle is referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible WARNING being operated.S. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM (LATCH) Always follow all recommended procedures. Safety—Seats. When selecting any child restraint.Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes. your child could be tions only. Choose a child restraint that is LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS LATCH lower anchor point locations designed for your child’s height and weight. you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. With this system. If a child restraint is not child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi. system. states and Canadian provinces or points that are used with Lower Anchors and tached to the seatback to help you locate the territories require that infants and small Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH) compat. LATCH anchors. ● Attach LATCH compatible child re- straints only at the locations shown in The LATCH anchor points are provided to install the illustration. accident. place your child in the child restraint WRS0756 WRS0700 and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with LATCH system anchor locations LATCH lower anchor location your child. The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor seat cushion near the seatback. secured properly. children be restrained in an approved child ible child restraints. ● If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle. Do not attempt to install a child restraint seriously injured or killed in an in the center position using the LATCH anchors. ● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. keep the following points in mind: ● Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. A label is at- All U.

Check your child re. those supplied with the child restraint. Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses. The child restraint will not be secured properly. LRS0661 LRS0662 LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid-mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap. 1-18 Safety—Seats.● Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors. rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can When installing a child restraint. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● Child restraint anchor points are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. carefully read be connected to two anchors located at certain and follow the instructions in this manual and seating positions in your vehicle. straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. See “Top tether strap child attachments restraint” later in this section for installation in- LATCH compatible child restraints include two structions. See “Child tem. With this sys. section. This information may also be in the in- structions provided by the child restraint manu- facturer. you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to restraint installation using LATCH” later in this secure the child restraint.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap. Properly secure the Top Tether Anchor Point Locations 2. WARNING ● Child restraint anchor points are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Safety—Seats. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses. Your child could be seriously Installing top tether strap (hatchback 4. it must be secured to the anchor point. Be sure to install the head tails. First. Cargo that is not properly seats (hatchback model) or on the rear parcel 3. WRS0759 WRS0760 ● Do not allow cargo to contact the top Hatchback Sedan tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. top tether strap child restraint on the rear 1. Tighten the tether strap according to the injured or killed in a collision if the top model) manufacturer’s instructions to remove any tether strap is damaged. Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. as applicable. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . collision. consult your NISSAN dealer for de- secure location. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor secured or cargo that contacts the top shelf (sedan model). cargo so it does not contact the top Anchor points are located on the back of the rear tether strap. Store it in a seat. point on the seat directly behind the child tether strap may damage it during a restraint. restraint when the child restraint is removed. Remove the head restraint. secure the child restraint with the LATCH slack. system (rear outboard seat positions only) or the If you have any questions when installing a seat belt.

If 2. your child could be seriously injured or the seatback. Flip up the anchor cover s 1 from the anchor the LATCH lower anchor locations. Position the child restraint on the seat. ways follow the child restraint manufactur- straints only at the locations shown. such as seat belt webbing or seat cush- tails. ● Attach LATCH compatible child re. seat. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH an- chors are obstructed. slack. secure the child restraint with the LATCH restraint using LATCH: WARNING system (rear outboard seat positions only) or the 1. killed in an accident. ● Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area If you have any questions when installing a and feeling to make sure there are no top tether strap child restraint on the rear obstructions over the LATCH anchors. 1-20 Safety—Seats. see point which is located directly behind the “Lower Anchors and Tethers for Chil- child seat. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor ● The LATCH anchors are designed to point on the seat directly behind the child withstand only those loads imposed by restraint. consult your NISSAN dealer for de. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . For er’s instructions. Tighten the tether strap according to the no circumstance are they to be used for manufacturer’s instructions to remove any adult seat belts or harnesses. Position the top tether strap over the top of a child restraint is not secured properly. 1. 3.Installing top tether strap (sedan CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION Front-facing model) USING LATCH Follow these steps to install a front-facing child First. correctly fitted child restraints. dren System (LATCH)” in this section. as applicable. ion material. Under 4. Al- seat belt.

and seatback while tightening the webbing If the seating position does not have an adjust. able head restraint and it is interfering with the 5. remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop. For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors. 4. secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . try another seating posi- tether strap. Check webbing mounted attachments. See “Top tether strap child restraint” in this section. additional slack from the anchor attach- erly attached to the lower anchors. of the anchor attachments. WRS0799 WRS0800 LRS0671 Front facing web-mounted – step 2 Front facing rigid-mounted – step 2 Front facing – step 4 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach. ments. route the top tether strap and tion or a different child restraint. If the child restraint is equipped with a top proper child restraint fit. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your 3. The back of the child restraint should be knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion secured against the vehicle seatback.

If it does move more than 1 in (25 mm). It should not move more than 1 in (25 mm). Secure the child restraint anchor attach- hold the child restraint near the LATCH at. If you are unable to properly secure the restraint. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. ments to the LATCH lower anchors. move the re- straint to another seating position and try again. If the child restraint is loose. Al- ways follow the child restraint manufactur- er’s instructions. Before placing the child in the child restraint. 7. Rear-facing Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using LATCH System: 1. Check tachment and use force to push the child to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop- restraint from side to side. Position the child restraint on the seat. pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint. or try a different child restraint. 2. to make sure that it is securely held in place. 1-22 Safety—Seats. WRS0697 WRS0801 Front facing – step 6 Rear facing web-mounted – step 2 6. and tug it forward erly attached to the lower anchors. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . repeat steps 3 through 6.

Before placing the child in the child restraint. WRS0802 LRS0673 LRS0674 Rear facing rigid-mounted – step 2 Rear facing – step 3 Rear facing – step 4 3. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . remove any hold the child restraint near the LATCH at- additional slack from the anchor attach. For child restraints that are equipped with 4. hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion It should not move more than 1 in (25 mm). If you are unable to properly secure the restraint. and tug it forward in the center of the child restraint with your to make sure that it is securely held in place. Press downward and rearward firmly restraint from side to side. or try a different child restraint. If and seatback while tightening the webbing it does move more than 1 in (25 mm). move the re- straint to another seating position and try again. tachment and use force to push the child ments. pull of the anchor attachments. Safety—Seats. webbing mounted attachments.

be struck by the front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child. child restraint is loose. Front air bags inflate with great “Front passenger air bag and status force. it can change the opera- child restraint in the front passenger tion of the front passenger air bag. 5. if you must install a forward through 4. Also. A rear-facing child restraint could light” later in this section. 1-24 Safety—Seats. be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF. The restraint could tip over or WARNING otherwise be unsecured and cause in- ● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air jury to the child in a sudden stop or Bag System. Check to make sure the child restraint is ● NISSAN recommends that child re- properly secured prior to each use. repeat steps 2 However. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . move the passenger seat to the rearmost position. Also. CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ● Failure to use the ALR mode will result USING THE SEAT BELTS in the child restraint not being properly secured. never install a rear-facing collision. ● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an Automatic Locking WRS0256 Retractor (ALR) which must be used when installing a child restraint. See seat. If the straints be installed in the rear seat. facing child restraint in the front pas- senger seat. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this sec- tion for details.

If you must install a child restraint in the front seat. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. when the child restraint is removed. WRS0699 restraint fit. Safety—Seats. adjust tached. Move the seat to the rearmost position.● When using the rear center seat belt to 2. Do not use the seat The back of the child restraint should be secured belt with only the seat belt tongue at. against the vehicle seatback. make sure the ways follow the child restraint manufactur- connector tongue and the seat belt er’s instructions tongue are secured. secure place. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . This could result in serious per. See “Head restraint adjust- sudden stop. Front-facing Follow these steps to install a front-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat: 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. it should be placed in a front-facing direction only. ● A child restraint with a top tether strap If the head restraint is removed. If the seating The instructions in this section apply to child position does not have an adjustable head re- restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in straint and it is interfering with the proper child the rear seat or the front passenger seat. store it in a should not be used in the front passen. If necessary. or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct sonal injury in case of an accident or child restraint fit. try another seating position or a dif- Front-facing (front passenger seat) – step 1 ferent child restraint. Al- install a child restraint. Be sure to install the head restraint ger seat. ment” in this section.

Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in. WRS0680 LRS0667 LRS0668 Front facing – step 3 Front facing – step 4 Front facing – step 5 3. hear and feel the latch engage. 1-26 Safety—Seats. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5. the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. mode (child restraint mode). Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. It reverts to structions for belt routing. At this time.

seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode WRS0681 WRS0698 by trying to pull more seat belt out of the Front facing – step 6 Front facing – step 8 retractor. the retractor is belt. Remove any additional slack from the seat 7. hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side. If the tether strap child restraint” in this section. move the restraint to another seating position and try again. If it does move more than 1 in (25 mm). Check to make sure the child restraint is point (rear seat installation only). It should not move more than 1 in (25 mm). If the child restraint is equipped with a top webbing out of the retractor. press downward and rearward firmly in tether strap. Do not install child restraints that require the through 9. If you cannot pull any more belt 6. 8. Before placing the child in the child restraint. Safety—Seats. route the top tether strap and in the ALR mode. the center of the child restraint with your secure the tether strap to the tether anchor knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion 10. seat belt is not locked. See “Top and seatback while pulling up on the seat properly secured prior to each use. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. repeat steps 3 belt. 9. If you are unable to properly secure the restraint. or try a differ- ent child restraint. and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child passenger seat. turn the ignition switch to restraint and insert it into the buckle until you the ON position. Position the child restraint on the seat. instructions. straint mode) is canceled. If this restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- light is not illuminated see 9Front passenger seats: structions for belt routing. The front passenger air bag Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child hear and feel the latch engage. WRS0475 WRS0256 WRS0761 Front facing – step 11 Rear-facing – step 1 Rear facing – step 2 11. After the child restraint is removed and the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s belt is fully retracted. Be sure to status light should illuminate. 1. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Have the system therefore must not be used in the front checked by a NISSAN dealer. 1-28 Safety—Seats. Child restraints for infants must be Move the child restraint to another used in the rear-facing direction and seating position. If the child restraint is installed in the front Rear-facing 2. air bag and status light9 in this section. seat. the ALR mode (child re.

Remove any additional slack from the child extended. the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. when the seat belt is fully retracted. It reverts to the compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat- Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode back while pulling up on the seat belt. LRS0669 LRS0670 WRS0762 Rear facing – step 3 Rear facing – step 4 Rear facing – step 5 3. press downward and rearward is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) firmly in the center of the child restraint to mode (child restraint mode). Pull up on the 5. At this time. restraint. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Safety—Seats. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4.

and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor. SEATS hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint WARNING from side to side. Not all child re- straints fit in all types of vehicles. rear seating position and try again. 1-30 Safety—Seats. the shoulder belt to further tighten the child Failure to use a child restraint or restraint. repeat steps 3 through 7. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted. If it does ways be placed in an appropriate child move more than 1 in (25 mm). 8. If you are unable to properly secure booster seat can result in serious injury the restraint. the retrac- tor is in the ALR mode. the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. WRS0763 ARS1098 Rear facing – step 6 PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER 6. pull again on restraint while riding in the vehicle. move the restraint to another or death. If the belt is not locked. It should ● Infants and small children should al- not move more than 1 in (25 mm). Before placing the child in the child restraint. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. or try a different child restraint. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . BOOSTER SEATS 7. Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor.

tion” in this section. Safety—Seats. same seat belt around both your child lap/shoulder belt. signed to properly route the lap and child or under the child’s arm. do not put the are designed to be used with a cross the abdomen. The child normal driving or a collision and result away from the child’s face and neck and could be crushed between the adult and in serious injury or death.● Infants and small children should never ● Do not use towels. injured in a collision or a sudden stop before placing your child in the booster greatly increases. booster seat can result in a serious in. make for even the strongest adult to resist the Items such as these may move during sure the shoulder portion of the belt is forces of a severe accident. ● Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk ● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- or severity of injury for both the child tioned to fit the booster seat. children later in this section. If you shoulder portions of the seat belt over ● NISSAN recommends that the booster must install a booster seat in the front the strongest portions of a child’s body seat be installed in the rear seat. When purchasing a booster seat. It is not possible other items in place of a booster seat. are safer when properly restrained in ● When your booster seat is not in use. can lead to serious injury or death in an accident. Remember that a booster seat left in a lap/shoulder belt. seat and fastening the seat belt. seat. the risk of a child being Check the seating surface and buckles jury in sudden stop or collision. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . books. the rear seat than in the front seat. use. If ● Follow all of the booster seat manufac- keep it secured with a seat belt to pre- you must install a booster seat in the turer’s instructions for installation and vent it from being thrown around in front seat. It may not be possible ● A booster seat must only be installed in CAUTION to properly install some types of a seating position that has a booster seats in your vehicle. Booster seats are de- ● Do not put the shoulder belt behind the and yourself. Failure to use a three-point type seat belt with a ● If the booster seat and seat belt is not closed vehicle can become very hot. seat. see “Booster seat installation” to provide the maximum protection dur- cording to accident statistics. be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle. ing a collision. pillows or ● After placing the child in the booster be carried on your lap. Booster seats the lap portion of the belt does not parts of the vehicle. case of a sudden stop or accident. Also. see “Booster seat installa. but as and other occupants of the vehicle and upright as possible. Ac. used properly.

keep the following points in mind: seat. ● If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle. place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. ● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be high back booster seat s 2 should be used. Always follow all recommended pro- cedures. If the seat back is seat installation in the rear seats or the front lower than the center of the child’s ears. sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. The seat back must be at or above the children be restrained in an approved child center of the child’s ears.S. LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by ● Make sure the child’s head will be properly All U. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . center of the child’s ears. if a restraint at all times while the vehicle is ● Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor low back booster seat s 1 is chosen. Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian vehicle seat back must be at or above the The instructions in this section apply to booster Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. the being operated. 1-32 Safety—Seats. When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle territories require that infants and small booster seat. For example. states and Canadian provinces or several manufacturers. a passenger seat.

If you must install a booster seat in the Rear center position rear seat or in the front passenger seat: front seat. Position the booster seat on the seat. However. move the seat to the rear- most position. Safety—Seats. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions. CAUTION Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto- matic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts. Only place it in a front facing direction. 2.BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION WARNING NISSAN recommends that booster seats be installed in the rear seat. if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat. move the passenger’s seat to the rearmost position. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . WRS0699 LRS0451 Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the 1.

Follow the warnings. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. cautions and instruc- the vehicle seat so that it is stable. tions for properly fastening a seat belt sary. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. adjust or remove the head restraint to shown in the “Three-point seat belt with obtain the correct booster seat fit. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the belt routing. If the head restraint is removed. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top. The booster seat should be positioned on 6. 1-34 Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . try another seating position or a different booster seat. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions for adjusting the belt routing. See retractor” earlier in this section. LRS0452 LRS0454 Rear outboard position Front passenger position 3. store it in a secure place. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit. Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. 5. If neces. 4. middle portion of the child’s shoulder.

in certain side impact collisions. Seat belts mental air bag should always be correctly worn and the occu- pant seated a suitable distance away from the WRS0475 ● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple. ● Driver and passenger supplemental front- These supplemental restraint systems are de- impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag signed to supplement the crash protection pro- System) vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts ● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple. The supplemental air bag Front seat-mounted side-impact supple. cushion the impact force to the head and chest of passenger air bag and status light” later in the driver and front passenger in certain frontal After turning the ignition key to the ON this section.) ● Seat belt with pretensioner the ON position. cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. collisions.impact air bag system: depending on the size of the child and the when the ignition switch is in the ON or The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help type of booster seat being used. If the booster seat is installed in the front mental air bag ers. The supplemental air bags operate only Supplemental front. turn the ignition switch to instructions and precautions on seat belt usage. steering wheel. and are not a substitute for them. position. warning light will turn off after about 7 mental air bag system: This system can help seconds if the system is operational. The roof- tion contains important information concerning mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air the following systems: bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate. instrument panel and door finish- 7. Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple- SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT mental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu- SYSTEM pants in front and rear outboard seating positions This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec. the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section for passenger seat. See “Front START position.

Failure to be properly seated WARNING ● The seat belts and the front air bags are and wearing the seat belt can increase most effective when you are sitting well the risk or severity of injury in an acci- ● The front air bags ordinarily will not back and upright in the seat. rear air bags inflate with great force. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. Even status light” later in this section. rollover. sitting sideways or out of posi- of injury in various kinds of accidents. leaning belts to help reduce the risk or severity ing wheel. 1-36 Safety—Seats. Always use the seat belts. cal from the steering wheel or instru- ment panel. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- tal collision. ● The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (pressure sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some WRS0031 conditions. See “Front passenger air when it inflates. steering wheel rim could increase the tion in any way. if you are unrestrained. impact. ● The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. or lower severity fron. You may also air bag inflates. Placing them inside the forward. you are at greater risk of risk that they are injured when the front ● The front passenger air bag will not injury or death in a crash. Always wear your seat ● Keep hands on the outside of the steer- tem. See “Front Passenger air bag and inflate in the event of a side impact. inflate if the passenger air bag status receive serious or fatal injuries from the light is lit or if the front passenger seat front air bag if you are up against it is unoccupied. The front dent. Always sit back against bag and status light” later in this the seatback and as far away as practi- section. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us- age then inflates the air bags. This sensor is only used in this seat.

Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Safety—Seats. ARS1133 ARS1041 WARNING ● Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044 1-38 Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

side air Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- bags or curtain air bags inflate if they mental air bags and roof-mounted curtain are not properly restrained. Pre-teens side-impact supplemental air bags: and children should be properly re- ● The side air bags and curtain air bags strained in the rear seat. See “Child re. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .ARS1045 ARS1046 SSS0101 Do not lean against the door. if possible. An in. of accidents. risk or severity of injury in various kinds jure or kill your child. straints” earlier in this section for details. rear impact. Always child restraint in the front seat. Safety—Seats. WARNING ● Children may be severely injured or WARNING killed when the front air bags. wear your seat belts to help reduce the flating front air bag could seriously in. never install a rear-facing lower severity side collision. rollover or Bag System. ordinarily will not inflate in the event of ● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air a frontal impact.

If the side air bag inflates. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or SSS0188 lean against the door. 1-40 Safety—Seats. ● Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. WARNING ● The seat belts. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. WARNING ● When sitting in the rear seat. Do not allow anyone to place their hand. of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations. Some examples WRS0032 Do not lean against the door. do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. They may interfere with side air bag inflation. you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children. leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. who should always be properly restrained. the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .SSS0159 SSS0162 Safety—Seats.

it (front seats) additionally monitors the weight of an occupant ules This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad. the seat belt is used. The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators. but the air bag will be off). Roof-mounted curtain side-impact lations. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod. This system is designed to supplemental air bag modules meet certification requirements under U. crash severity and whether the front occupants 5. For the front passenger. passenger air bag may be automatically turned 6. Front seat-mounted side-impact bag may inflate in a crash. the front supplemental air bag inflators all of the information. the light will passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is not be illuminated. If the front passenger air bag 8. regu. Seat belt with pretensioner weight detected on the passenger seat and how followed. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Crash zone sensor NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System based on the severity of a collision and seat belt 2. depending on the passenger seats. “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in 1-42 Safety—Seats. Inflator operation is 1. Side satellite sensor ings in this manual still apply and must be OFF under some conditions. only one front air vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front 4. are belted or unbelted. The illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied. or object on the seat and seat belt tension. seat belt buckle sensors. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions. Based 3. occupant clas- sification sensor (pressure sensor) and passen- WRS0701 ger seat belt tension sensor. cautions and warn. the passenger air bag status light will be and passenger’s side located in the center of the steering wheel. the Air bag Control Unit (ACU). usage for the driver. depending on the 7. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera- tion. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .S. Seat belt buckle switches on driver’s The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is is OFF. It is also permitted in Canada. Additionally. However. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) on information from the sensors. See mounted in the dashboard above the glove box. It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor. although they may in- flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact.

They can help save automatically turn OFF under some con- lives and reduce serious injuries. However. the force of the Safety—Seats. seat belt and child restraints is nec- restraint to the lower body. Care should be taken to not inhale it. followed by the release of smoke. WARNING help to cushion the impact force on the face and The front passenger air bag is designed to chest of the front occupants. Those with a history WRS0475 of a breathing condition should get fresh air Front passenger air bag and status light promptly. the front air bag module during inflation. fire. the supplemental air bag warning When a front air bag inflates. or is against. seat belts should be ure to follow all instructions in this correctly worn and the driver and passenger manual concerning the use of seats. The supplemental air bag may be heard. essary for most effective protection. of the system. Because of this. If you have any questions about your air bag The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision. One front air bag front air bag inflating can increase the risk of inflating does not indicate improper performance injury if the occupant is too close to. as it may cause irritation and choking. After turning the ignition key to the ON position. Fail- Even with NISSAN air bags. an ditions. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner’s Manual. Front air bags. along with the use of seat belts. The front air risk or severity of injury in an accident. Proper use of the or other injuries. If you are considering modification of your ignition switch is in the ON or START posi- vehicle due to a disability. bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants.this section for further details. Read this section carefully to inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions learn how it operates. NISSAN. seat seated upright as far as practical away from the belts and child restraints can increase the steering wheel or instrument panel. please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN The front air bags operate only when the dealer. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . a fairly loud noise light illuminates. system. you may also contact tion. warning light will turn off after about 7 This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a seconds if the system is operational. Front air bags do not provide seat.

its weight and the child’s ● Occupied passenger seat and the passen. by requiring the air bag to be auto. This can The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce System determines whether the front passenger also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag air bag should be automatically turned OFF as to certain front passenger seat occupants. the front passenger air bag is operational. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child Front passenger air bag restraints and booster seats be properly installed The front passenger seat belt sensors are de- The front passenger air bag is designed to auto. The light oper- ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. the Advanced Air Bag Sys- improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode. weight can be detected and cause the air bag to ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec- turn OFF. if a Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat will not inflate in a crash.Status light as children. section: The illuminates to indicate tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF. Based on the passenger air bag is OFF. in a rear seat. It works together with seat belt sensors of position). lined in this manual should not cause the passen- located near the climate controls. 1-44 Safety—Seats. If this is not possible. the Advanced Air Bag move in an accident or sudden stop.S. It is in the bottom of the ● Unoccupied passenger’s seat: The is occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cush- front passenger seat cushion and is designed to OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF ion (for example. it will not inflate in a child restraints as required by the regulations. For example. regulations. or by otherwise being out weight. however if the sensor (pressure sensor). Certain sensors are used properly seated and using the seat belt as out- The front passenger air bag status light is to meet the requirements. weight on the seat detected by the occupant crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your Failing to properly secure child restraints and to classification sensor and the belt tension de- vehicle are not part of this system. Also. if the occupant child or child restraint as outlined in this front passenger seat. Occupant classification sensor opera. by not sitting upright. For ates as follows: One sensor used is the occupant classification small adults it may be turned OFF. Front passenger seat adult occupants who are matically turned OFF. this could cause the sensor to turn ● Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult. child restraint of the type specified in the regula- belt properly for the most effective protection by tions is on the seat. on an edge of the seat. such required by the regulations. use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or tected on the seat belt. if a child is in the the air bag OFF. the seat belt and supplemental air bag. such as when under some conditions as described below in designed to operate as described above to turn it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) accordance with U. by sitting detect an occupant and objects on the seat by and will not inflate in a crash. If the front the front passenger air bag OFF for specified mode (child restraint mode). that the front passenger air bag is OFF and OFF in accordance with the regulations. seat belt sensors. the occupant signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated classification sensor and seat belt sensors are amount of tension on the seat belt. In addition. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . described later. NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- tion: The light is OFF to indicate that tion can vary depending on the front passenger dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.

such as if a child is restraint. See “Child re. heavy objects placed on the WARNING occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. in the passenger seat status. bags inflate. senger seat is unoccupied. Using the passenger air bag status light. it could be that the seat exits the vehicle. an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is jects may become dangerous projec- Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants OFF). several monitor when the front passenger air bag is au. system is OFF by using a special tool. However. depending on the size of the child bag system. you may se- The light will not illuminate when the front pas. hot. or if two children are on the properly positioned. seconds and then to OFF. located in the meter and gauges area Safety—Seats. ing wheel pad or on the instrument classification sensor. verely burn yourself. This is that the air bag is OFF). the seat belt is used properly If the front passenger seat is not occupied the precautions and the occupant is positioned properly. do not place any objects result in air bag inflation. Other conditions could also minate even though you believe that the child panel. if a made to any components or wiring of ger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating large adult who is sitting in the front passenger the supplemental air bag system. reposition the front air bag system components will be tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change ● No unauthorized changes should be If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen. the system may be sensing wheel or instrument panel. the seat belts and the occupant are between any occupant and the steering standing on the seat. because of ● Do not place any objects on the steer- the object’s weight detected by the occupant If the passenger air bag status light will not illu. the passenger air bag status light may or may not If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air be illuminated. contrary to the instructions in this manual. the air bag might inflate in a crash). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the tiles and cause injury if the front air are seated and restrained properly. Do not touch them. occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. If the air passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a bag status light is not illuminated. Such ob- seat. If the air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that light . the passenger air bag to prevent accidental inflation of the person is a small adult. For example.crash instead of being OFF. straints” earlier in this section for proper use and that the child restraint or seat belt is not being Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. you can until you have confirmed with your dealer that ● Immediately after inflation. seat could result in air bag inflation. If a child restraint must be used in the front seat. Also. Make sure that the child restraint is Other supplemental front-impact air bag installed properly. operation and does not indicate a malfunction. This is normal system supplemental air bag system. installation. your air bag is working properly. However. it could be in the center of the instrument panel. used properly. reposition the crash. the supplemental air bag warning and the type of child restraint being used. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . will blink. or is not sitting on the seat status light will go from OFF to ON for a few supplemental air bag or damage to the properly or not using the seat belt properly.

The side air bags in this Owner’s Manual. Tampering with the front air bag system. do not stow any yellow and orange for easy objects under the front passenger seat are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help identification. This may affect the This could affect proper operation of front air bag system. the seat belt system. placed immediately by a qualified re. ● Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Unautho- bag system. passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. However. cau- operation of the occupant classifica. mounted curtain side-impact rial on the seat cushion or by installing pair facility. and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections ply and must be followed. on the seat that are not specifi. air bag system. the seat belt system may result in seri- ous personal injury. The curtain air bags ● The SRS wiring harness connectors are are located in the side roof rails. all of the information. although they may 1-46 Safety—Seats. For example. and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions.● Do not make unauthorized changes to ● No unauthorized changes should be your vehicle’s electrical system. Installation of electrical equip- panel assembly by placing material ment should also be done by a NISSAN over the steering wheel pad and above dealer. inform the buyer about the front air bag system tions and warnings in this manual still ap- tion sensor (pressure sensor). made to any components or wiring of pension system or front end structure. such as seat affect the function of the supplemental covers. Additionally. sus. The side air bags are located in the outside of the cally designed to assure proper air bag seatback of the front seats. or the seat cushion and seatback. ● Work on and around the front air bag Tampering includes changes to the system should be done by a NISSAN steering wheel and the instrument dealer. The Supplemental Restraint the instrument panel or by installing System (SRS) wiring should not be additional trim material around the air modified or disconnected. supplemental air bag and roof- change the front seats by placing mate. rized electrical test equipment and LRS0259 probing devices should not be used on ● Modifying or tampering with the front Front seat-mounted side-impact the air bag system. we request that you pants. do not ● A cracked windshield should be re. Such reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occu- objects may interfere with the proper When selling your vehicle. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . A cracked windshield could supplemental air bag systems additional trim material. These systems operation.

several side air bag similar to those of a higher severity side impact. injuries. systems.inflate if the forces in another type of collision are practical from the door finishers and side roof ● Right after inflation.) between the front door finisher provide restraint to the lower body. the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too ● No unauthorized changes should be Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an made to any components or wiring of close to. accidental inflation of the side air bag When the side air bags and curtain air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags op. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not etc. Also. This dition should get fresh air promptly. as it may cause irritation and After turning the ignition key to the ON your vehicle’s electrical system. Side air bags. by release of smoke. the force of severely burn yourself. ● Tampering with the side air bag system the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to may result in serious personal injury. backs or by installing additional trim serious injuries. Do not touch them. This is to prevent damage to or bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over. WARNING For example. Those with a history of a breathing con. and curtain air bag or damage to the inflate. tain side collisions. cushion the impact force to the head of occu. or is against. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and The seat belts should be correctly worn and the cause injury if a side air bag inflates. rails. you may vehicle is impacted. warning light will turn off after about 7 help to cushion the impact force on the chest of seconds if the system is operational. followed erate only when the ignition switch is in the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. around and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other place any objects (an umbrella. outboard occupants. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate and curtain air bag system components They are designed to inflate on the side where the quickly in order to help protect the front and rear will be hot. and the front seat. They can help save lives and reduce ● Do not place any objects near the seat. bag. The side air bags and curtain air bag operation. do not change the front pants in the front and rear outboard seating po. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the supplemental air bag warning pension system or side panel. driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag. position. a fairly loud noise may be heard. do not material. sus- choking. the side air bag. Care should be taken ON or START position. such as seat covers. Because of this. The supplemental air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as Safety—Seats. ● Do not make unauthorized changes to not to inhale it. an inflating side air bag back of the front seats. these air bag modules indication of proper side air bag and curtain air the side air bag and curtain air bag during inflation. seats by placing material near the seat- sitions. along with the use of seat belts. They may not inflate in cer. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. However. could affect proper operation of the light illuminates.

NISSAN dealer. done by a NISSAN dealer. of a breathing condition should get fresh air When selling your vehicle. the supplemental air bag warning the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. ● The pretensioners cannot be reused af. and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections Incorrect disposal procedures could in this Owner’s Manual. Installation not activated. the pretensioner system may not func- seats) not be used on the pretensioners. ● Work around and on the pretensioners inform the buyer about the side air bag and should be done by a NISSAN dealer. contact a dealer. This is to pre. essary. it helps tighten the seat belt and curtain air bag systems should be frontal collision but a pretensioner is when the vehicle becomes involved in certain done by a NISSAN dealer. helping to restrain front seat of electrical equipment should also be tensioner system checked and. if nec. They must be checked and re- ● If you need to dispose of the preten. smoke is re- should not be used on the side air bag the pretensioner system. Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN WARNING sioner or scrap the vehicle. paired. In equipment and probing devices should this case. This system. Correct pretensioner ter activation. replaced by your NISSAN The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt ing harnesses* should not be modified dealer. we request that you disposal procedures are set forth in the inform the buyer about the pretensioner system together with the retractor and buckle appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. retractor. Unauthorized electrical test tion key is turned to the ON or START position. cause personal injury. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . These seat belts are used the same way or disconnected. the pretensioner system may result in cause irritation and choking. leased and a loud noise may be heard. as conventional seat belts. If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner sys- curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to Installation of electrical equipment tem. Those with a history serious personal injury. occupants. * The SRS wiring harness connectors are of the pretensioners. be sure to have the pre. as a unit.● Work around and on the side air bag ● If the vehicle becomes involved in a seat belt retractor. ● No unauthorized changes should be cal test equipment and probing devices made to any components or wiring of When a pretensioner activates. types of collisions. we request that you promptly. Working with the 1-48 Safety—Seats. tion properly. The pretensioner system activates in conjunction with the front air bag system. Unauthorized electri. Tampering with Care should be taken not to inhale it. vent damage to or accidental activation smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. should also be done by a NISSAN light will flash intermittently after the igni- Seat belts with pretensioners (front dealer. The SRS wir. They must be replaced When selling your vehicle. as it may yellow and orange for easy identification.

If any of the following conditions occur. side air WARNING LIGHT bag. curtain air tensioner systems will not operate in an bag modules. not operate properly. crash zone sensor. or others. Take your vehicle to the nearest WARNING LABELS tors the circuits of the supplemental front-impact NISSAN dealer. side air bag. ● The supplemental air bag warning light does LRS0695 LRS0100 not come on at all. accident. placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration. The monitored circuits include the Air is on. Warning labels about the supplemental front. repaired. pretensioners and all related wir. side air bags. air bag. the front air bag. side air bag modules. 1. front seat-mounted side-impact mental air bag. Safety—Seats. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. it could mean that the front air bag. front seat-mounted side-impact supple- impact air bag. curtain air bag and preten- sioner systems need servicing: ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- mains on after approximately 7 seconds. bag Control Unit (ACU). ● The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. To help avoid injury to yourself ing. sat. SRS front air bag warning labels SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG 2. the front air bag. curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may supplemental air bag warning label The supplemental air bag warning light. They must be checked and SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG displaying in the instrument panel. moni. Front seat-mounted side-impact Under these conditions. the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational. curtain air bag and/or pre- ellite sensors. roof-mounted curtain side-impact WARNING supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner If the supplemental air bag warning light side-impact supplemental air bag systems are systems. When the ignition key is in the ON or START position.

The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle. curtain The front air bags. cedures could cause personal injury. Incorrect disposal pro- pointed out to the person performing the mainte. seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 1-50 Safety—Seats. side air bags. The air bag module and pretensioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer. side air bag. pretensioners and related parts should be Service Manual. or curtain air bag has inflated. the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Cor- rect supplemental air bag and preten- When maintenance work is required on the ve. remains illuminated after inflation has occurred. the front air bags. side air bags. nance. curtain air bags air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to one-time-only basis. WARNING ● Once a front air bag. sioner system disposal procedures are hicle. the supplemental air bag warning light vehicle. curtain air set forth in the appropriate NISSAN bags. unless it is the front end or side portion of the damaged. contact a NISSAN dealer. The air bag module and pretensioners cannot be repaired.Repair and replacement procedure ● The front air bag. side air bag. if any of the front air bags inflate. Additionally. Repair and replacement of these supplemental ● If you need to dispose of a supplemen- air bag systems should be done only by a tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap the NISSAN dealer. vehicle. the activated pretensioners must also be replaced. As a reminder.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Console box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Covered storage bin . . . . . . . 2-21 Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . 2-22 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Manual windows (if so equipped). . . . . . . . 2-33 Headlight control switch. . . . . 2-30 Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Map lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Horn . . . . . . 2-2 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Sunglasses holder (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Cup holders . . . . 2-6 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Interior light . . 2-31 defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Power outlet . 2-23 Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Trunk light (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Warning lights . . . . . . 2-24 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Luggage compartment light (Hatchback) . . . . . . . 2-17 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . 2-25 Security systems (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Automatic moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Tonneau cover (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . 2-27 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . 2-14 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel. . . . . . . 2-22 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . 2-28 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Rear window wiper and washer switch Power windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Headlight and turn signal switch. .

Defroster switch (P. Audio system (P. 4-3) 19. Hood release lever (P. Passenger air bag status light (P. 2-18) 8. Cup holders (P. Tilt steering (P. Glove box (P. 2-23) 10. 4-2) 13. Cruise control main/set switches and BluetoothT hands-free phone sys. Passenger’s supplemental air bag (P. 2-22) 15. 3-27) 22. Side ventilator (P. 1-43) 20. 1-35. 3-26) 24. 2-3) 3. Outside mirror control switch (P. Fuel-filler door release lever (P. 4-29) 2-2 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Meters and gauges (P.INSTRUMENT PANEL 7. 2-26) 14. 2-19) 5. Ignition switch (P. 8-21) WIC1286 25. 2-19) 18. 4-10) 9. Climate control (P. 2-17. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. Storage bin (P. 3-21) 23. 2-22) signal switch (P. Steering wheel switch for audio control 6. 4-27. 2. 3-29) 4. 4-2) 11. (if so equipped) (P. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn (P. Driver’s supplemental air bag/horn theses for operating details. 1-35) 12. Fuse block (P. 5-13) 17. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. Instrument brightness control (P. Center ventilator (P. 2-25) 16. 2-21) See the page number indicated in paren- 1. 5-6) 21. Shift selector lever (P. 5-23) tem (if so equipped) (P.

LIC0961 1. Tachometer 5. Automatic Transmission (A/T)/ 2. Odometer (total/twin trip) 6. Speedometer Continuously Variable Transmission 3.METERS AND GAUGES LIC0962 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed. Trip odometer change button Instruments and controls 2-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Fuel gauge (CVT) position indicator 4.

lutions per minute (rpm). 2-4 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The odometer s 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage. shift to a higher gear or reduce en- gine speed. Changing the display Push the change button s 3 to change the display as follows: Trip → Trip → Trip Resetting the trip odometer: Push the change button s 3 for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero. SIC2852 LIC0963 Odometer/Twin trip odometer TACHOMETER The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo- when the ignition switch is in the ON position. zone. CAUTION The twin trip odometer s 2 records the distance When engine speed approaches the red of individual trips. Do not rev the engine into the red zone s 1 .

The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low. LIC0964 ● For additional information. The indicates that the fuel-filler door is located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. After a few driving trips. acceleration. turning. or going up or down hills. If the light remains on after a few driving trips. The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the ignition key is turned to OFF. see “Mal- FUEL GAUGE function Indicator Light (MIL)” later in this section. Instruments and controls 2-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . CAUTION ● If the vehicle runs out of fuel. the light should turn off. The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank. Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis- ters E (Empty). have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may come on. The gauge may move slightly during braking. Refuel as soon as possible.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti-lock Braking System Low fuel warning light Front passenger air bag status light (ABS) warning light (if so equipped) or Brake warning light Low tire pressure warning light (if so High beam indicator light (Blue) equipped) Charge warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light (if Low temperature indicator light (blue) (if so so equipped) equipped) Door open warning light P position selecting warning light (CVT mod. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) els) (if so equipped) Electric power steering warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Overdrive off indicator light (A/T / CVT models) Engine oil pressure warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light High temperature warning light (Red) Automatic Transmission (A/T)/Continuously Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator light Intelligent Key lock warning light (M/T mod. CRUISE main switch indicator light (if so els) (if so equipped) equipped) Intelligent Key system warning light (if so Cruise SET switch indicator light (if so equipped) equipped) 2-6 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

the following lights come on briefly 9Brake system9 in the 9Starting and driving9 sec. it may indicate This light functions for both the parking brake and ● Pressing the brake pedal with the en- a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the the foot brake systems. Otherwise. If any light fails to come on. ● If the brake fluid level is below the or Anti-lock Braking Low brake fluid warning light MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake System (ABS) fluid reservoir. . . The following lights WARNING will come on: If an ABS malfunction occurs. or Brake warning light have your vehicle towed because driv- (blue). . have the engine is running. (red). ing could be dangerous. drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. If you judge it and then go off: tion. WARNING LIGHTS light comes on when the parking brake is applied. If the light NISSAN dealer. Driv- normally. properly if the warning light is on. and turn the ignition key to the ON position system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Instruments and controls 2-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . to be safe. or while driving. See If equipped. without starting the engine. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main- tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Add brake fluid ABS is operational. the anti-lock func- tion is turned off. the brake system has been checked at a warning light (if so light warns of a low brake fluid level. do not drive until the When the ignition key is in the ON position. . The brake system then operates ● Your brake system may not be working or . stop the vehicle and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light perform the following: illuminates and then turns off. gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid electrical system. If the brake fluid level is correct.CHECKING BULBS If the ABS warning light illuminates while the 2. Have the system repaired level may increase your stopping dis- Parking brake indicator promptly. . . Have the dealer. parking brake not applied. or . This indicates the 1. equipped) comes on while the engine is running with the When the ignition switch is in the ON position. . but without anti-lock assistance. Check the brake fluid level. . apply the parking brake the ABS is not functioning properly. the pedal effort as well as pedal travel. tance and braking will require greater When the ignition key is in the ON position. as necessary. ing it could be dangerous. it may indicate warning system checked by a NISSAN With all doors closed.

authorized repair shop. warranty. Have the power steering position. 2-8 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . This indicates the power steering the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of system is operational. the drive belt. Turn off the engine as soon as it warning light nates with the engine running. light If this light comes on while the engine is running. steering. If the tioning properly. the steering will not work. The engine oil pressure warning light is not CAUTION the power steering warning light illuminates. Door open warning light If the power steering warning light illuminates CAUTION while the engine is running. the high temperature warning light illuminates be harder to operate. temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational. When the ignition switch is in the ON position. After designed to indicate a low oil level. missing. broken. See “Engine oil” in loose. there will be no power assist for the it may indicate the charging system is not func. Have the power pull off the road in a safe area. Such damage is not covered by Electric power steering When the power steering warning light illumi. and then turns off. the power assist for wheel. see a NISSAN dealer steering system checked by a NISSAN immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other immediately. it may indicate the This light comes on when any of the doors are not Running the engine with the engine oil power steering system is not functioning properly closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON pressure warning light on could cause se- and may need servicing. Steering will speeds. Charge warning light ● When the power steering warning light Engine oil pressure warning illuminates with the engine running. Turn the engine off and check the vehicle but the steering will be light flickers or comes on during normal driving. rious damage to the engine almost imme- system checked by a NISSAN dealer. there will be no is safe to do so. this manual. If the belt is loose. light turns off. power assist for the steering but you will still have WARNING control of the vehicle. dealer. Use the Do not continue driving if the drive belt is starting the engine. High temperature warning ● If the engine is not running or is turned ing effort is required to operate the steering light (red) off while driving. broken or missing. harder to operate. stop the engine or if the light remains on. greater steer. diately. especially in sharp turns and at low When the ignition switch is in the ON position. the power steering warning dipstick to check the oil level. You will still have control of This light warns of low engine oil pressure. This indicates that the high See “Power steering” in the “Starting and driving” section. At this time.

equipped) blinks. gent Key is brought inside the vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure light (M/T models) (if so Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire ● If the Intelligent Key system warning light pressure of all tires except the spare. The low tire pressure warning light does not Instruments and controls 2-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E extremely high. If the vehicle is over. make sure of the location of the Intel- ligent Key as soon as possible. almost discharged. position. red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the light vehicle while the ignition switch is in the ACC or Intelligent Key lock warning ON position. Low tire pressure warning: The Intelligent Key system warning light blinks If the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and green indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres- the buzzer sounds. the warning light will illuminate. reaches E (Empty). then turn the ignition See “Intelligent Key system” in the “Pre-driving When the low tire pressure warning light illumi- knob to either the LOCK or ACC position. sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. ton next to ignition knob. it The Intelligent Key system warning light illumi. tank is getting low. sure. press the PUSH release but. The low tire pressure warning light warns of low When the ignition switch is left in the OFF posi. Refuel as soon as it is conve- may indicate the engine temperature is nates green when the ignition switch can be nient. The Intelligent Key system warning light blinks Low tire pressure warning gency” section. nates. illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot in the tank when the fuel gauge needle heated. The Intelli. The Intelligent Key system warning light (Empty). Stop the vehicle safely as turned. See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emer. position. There will be a small reserve of fuel soon as possible. functioning properly. CAUTION Intelligent Key system warning Low fuel warning light If the high temperature warning light illu- light (if so equipped) This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel minates while the engine is running. the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks red and the Intelligent Key room buzzer will After the ignition switch is placed in the ON ● The Intelligent Key system warning light sound. this light illuminates for about 1 second turns off about 10 seconds after the Intelli- tion switch is returned to the LOCK or ACC and turns off. you should stop and adjust the tire pres- checks and adjustments” section. The light will keep blinking until the igni. position. seriously damage the engine. tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not tion instead of completely turning it to the LOCK gent Key should be carried by the driver while operating the vehicle. continuing vehicle operation may be turned.

Check of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h). proper operation of the TPMS. the vehicle must be driven at abrupt braking. a tire warning light (if so equipped) after the 1 minute. rious vehicle damage could occur and Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and may lead to an accident and could re- driving” section and in the “In case of emergency” ● If the vehicle is being driven at speeds sult in serious personal injury. P position selecting warning WARNING The light will remain on after 1 minute. Intelligent Key and the engine is off. tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi. avoid sudden steering maneuvers or specified by NISSAN could affect the mended pressure. the tire pressure for all four tires. If you have a flat tire. CAUTION light. reduce vehicle speed. permanently damage the tires and in. place it with a spare tire as soon as fluid is at a low level. 2-10 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . re. ● The TPMS is not a substitute for the crease the likelihood of tire failure. is replaced. Have the system checked by a may be flat. After the tire is inflated to the recom. but the selector lever is not in the P (Park) position. see “Tire Pressure check the tire pressure regularly. mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is If the light still comes on while driving Low windshield washer fluid placed in the ON position. TPMS malfunction: the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire ● Be sure to install the specified size of If the TPMS is not functioning properly. light (if so equipped) ● If the light does not illuminate with the Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as ignition switch in the ON position. regular tire pressure check. ● Replacing tires with those not originally adjusted. The light will remain on after adjusting the tire pressure. as soon as possible. speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the pull off the road to a safe location and TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Se. the section. see “Tire Pressure as necessary. Adjust TPMS may not operate correctly. the low and Loading Information label to turn tires to the 4 wheels correctly. and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. the TPMS will not function manual. This light comes on when the windshield washer NISSAN dealer. See “Window washer fluid” in the Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this driving” section. have The light blinks red and the warning buzzer possible for tire replacement and/or the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the system resetting. Add windshield washer fluid possible.automatically turn off when the tire pressure is ● If the light illuminates while driving. Be sure to For additional information. For additional information. the low tire pressure warning light OFF. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire Driving with under-inflated tires may pressure.

the supplemental air bag warning light control system is operational. the cruise position.When the warning light blinks. curtain air bag systems Seat belt warning light and sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle and/or pretensioner systems will not op- chime must be taken to a NISSAN dealer: erate in an accident. switch to the LOCK position. At the same time. seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section Cruise main switch indicator for precautions on seat belt usage. possible. manual. move the selector off. this indicator light shows the transmission position. seat belts and selector lever position. ignition key is turned to the ON or START position ● The supplemental air bag warning light and remains illuminated until the driver’s seat belt flashes intermittently. When the cruise When the ignition key is in the ON or START main switch indicator light comes on. The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again. the supplemental Transmission (CVT) position the front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened restraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre. For tensioners may not function properly. side air bag. See “Driving the vehicle” ing light for the front passenger. For addi- When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- 7 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON tional details see “Supplemental restraint sys- tion. the front is on. turn the ignition illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns WARNING switch to the ON position. To help avoid injury ● The supplemental air bag warning light re. indicator light (if so equipped) when the front passenger’s seat is occupied . supplemental restraint system” section of this in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual. (A/T)/Continuously Variable The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if Unless checked and repaired. the system does not activate the warn. the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt ● The supplemental air bag warning light does Automatic Transmission is securely fastened. This means the system is operational. lever to the P position. have your vehicle The light and chime remind you to fasten your checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as seat belts. air bag. side air bag. light (if so equipped) Supplemental air bag warning The light comes on when the cruise control main light switch is pushed. The light illuminates whenever the mains on after approximately 7 seconds. Instruments and controls 2-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . and preten. to yourself or others. Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats. then turn the ignition If the supplemental air bag warning light If any of the following conditions occur. INDICATOR LIGHTS is fastened. it could mean that the front air bag. tem” in the “Safety—Seats. not come on at all. curtain air bag.

seat belts and supplemental (MIL) or install the cap and continue to drive the restraint system” section of this manual. it indicates that the When the ignition switch is in the ON position. Check the fuel-filler cap. by a ● Malfunction Indicator Light on steady — An NISSAN dealer promptly. it may indicate a turn off after a few driving trips. it may indicate the engine is not running. are selected. the cruise control system is not functioning prop. emission control system malfunction has For front passenger air bag status light operation. ness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the warmed up. (11. You This blue light comes on when the headlight high The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come do not need to have your vehicle towed to beams are on and goes out when the low beams on steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing. or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. one of two ways: OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used. See “Readi- and then turns off after the engine coolant has dealer. The light comes on while the vehicle speed is The low temperature indicator light illuminates If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 controlled by the cruise control system. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed The high beam indicator light also comes on tightly. and if necessary repaired. The light should turn off after If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks a few driving trips. been detected. If the light does not High beam indicator light while the engine is running. tem checked. this manual. have the (blue) potential emission control malfunction. the light should light (if so equipped) light (blue) (if so equipped) turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists. “Technical and consumer information” section of Front passenger air bag If the low temperature indicator light stays illumi. vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys- the low temperature indicator light illuminates erly.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. vehicle. Have the system checked by a NISSAN tem inspection/maintenance test. seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when blinks while the engine is running. tighten the “Safety — Seats. If see “Front passenger air bag and status light” in Malfunction Indicator Light the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing. it may indicate the low temperature sensor in will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be the engine coolant system is not functioning The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in properly and may need servicing. vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. the dealer. 2-12 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the light when the engine coolant temperature is low. and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons when the passing signal is activated. Cruise set switch indicator Low temperature indicator After a few driving trips. status light nated after the engine has sufficiently warmed Operation The front passenger air bag status light ( ) up. Have the sys.

(A/T / CVT models) duce or avoid emission control system dam. (72 km/h). hicle when operating the vehicle. To re. Remove your vehicle towed to the dealer. poor driveability. When a disc brake pad requires replacement. The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal ● The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve- switch is activated. reduced fuel economy. LOCK position when locking the doors. Brake pad wear warning – do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH For additional information. Turn signal/hazard indicator ● The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle lights when locking the doors. The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. and possible damage to the emission con. pedal is depressed. vehicle is in motion. Have the vehicle inspected blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the A chime sounds if the driver’s door is opened by a NISSAN dealer. see “Security sys. while the key is left in the ignition switch. being hauled or towed. reduce the amount of cargo Security indicator light soon as possible if the warning sound is heard. see “Continuous Vari. able Transmission (CVT)” or “Automatic Trans. Intelligent Key door buzzer (if so Continued vehicle operation without hav. ● The ignition switch is not returned to the trol system. the key and take it with you when leaving the For vehicles with Intelligent Key: This light blinks vehicle. tems” later in this section. it – avoid hard acceleration or deceleration. Instruments and controls 2-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . For additional information. For vehicles without Intelligent Key: This light Key reminder chime The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady. Have the brakes checked as – if possible. ● Malfunction Indicator Light blinking — An Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned engine misfire has been detected which may Overdrive off indicator light on. damage the emission control system. The blinking security indicator light indicates that equipped) ing the emission control system checked the security systems equipped on the vehicle are and repaired as necessary could lead to The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one operational. when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position CAUTION with the key removed from the ignition switch. You do not need to have LOCK. mission (A/T) in the “Starting and driving” section makes a high pitched scraping sound when the of this manual. OFF or ACC position. whether or not the brake – avoid steep uphill grades. AUDIBLE REMINDERS The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when age: the overdrive off mode is selected. of the following improper operations is found.

nor can it prevent the theft of interior or When the buzzer sounds. a Many devices offering additional protection. Your NISSAN dealer Turn the headlight control switch off before leav- may also offer such equipment. ● the key — master or mechanical (Intelli- gent Key models). a ● the power door lock switch (if the door is motion detection type system that activates when opened. With the ignition switch in the OFF position. Light reminder chime well-lit areas whenever possible. SECURITY SYSTEMS (if so equipped) ● Any doors are not closed securely when The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot locking the doors. Never leave your keys in the ignition. 2-14 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . however. A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the tems: How to arm the vehicle security vehicle is driven.) VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so 2. It is not. Check with your ing the vehicle. Be aware of your surroundings. identification markers. are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. The chime will stop if the parking ● Vehicle security system (if so equipped) system brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero. See “Intelli. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- equipped) tion and remove the key. Close all windows. and park in secure. adjustments” section. Lock all doors. ● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 1. ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a gent Key system” in the “Pre-driving checks and brief period. prevent it. Al- the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. LIC0978 insurance company to see if you may be eligible Parking brake reminder chime Your vehicle may have two types of security sys- for discounts for various theft protection features. (The system can be armed even if the windows are open. a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. Close all doors. tracking systems. The vehicle security system provides visual and 3. such chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened if as component locks. locked and then closed). be sure to check both exterior vehicle components in all situations. The doors audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors can be locked with: when the system is armed. and always lock the vehicle when unattended. and the headlights or parking lights are on.

If the indicator light fails to switch). the keyfob or Intelligent Key. doors with any request switch (Intelligent Key minder that the doors are already locked. a ● the keyfob or Intelligent Key. the system may not arm. restart the engine using the following pro- 30-second pre-arm time period. during the the driver’s door with the key. models). a request ring). with the ignition key in the OFF posi. or if the 1. switch. The vehicle security system is now ● The alarm automatically turns off after ap. How to stop an activated alarm locked. Instruments and controls 2-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . keyfob or Intelligent Key unlock position to remove the key. pressing the button on all doors locked. If. beyond the vertical position toward the request switch. the alarm (for example. if the key is turned ● opening a door without using the key. All doors lock. registered key. However. Confirm that the indicator light comes ● The headlights blink and the horn sounds allow the engine to start without the use of a on. when interference is caused by hicle security system automatically shifts reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with another registered key. the driver’s switch or by pressing the button on cedures: door is unlocked by the key. Refer to Vehicle security system activation NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER “Silencing the horn beep feature” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON. the system will door with the key. seconds. is removed. The vehicle security system will give the following SYSTEM tion later in this manual. or by unlocking all twice and the horn beeps once as a re. ● any request switch (Intelligent Key mod. Furthermore. the for approximately 5 seconds. After about 30 seconds the ve. an automated toll road into the armed phase. The hazard lights flash twice and the horn glow for 30 seconds. tion. unlock the door beeps once to indicate all doors are once and lock it again. The light stays on for about 30 intermittently. a request the keyfob or Intelligent Key. the hazard lights flash arm with all doors closed and locked the keyfob or Intelligent Key. The light begins again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking device or automatic payment device on the key to flash once every 3 seconds. the (even if the door is unlocked by using the Keyfob and Intelligent Key operation: system may be disarmed when the key inside lock knob or the power door lock ● Push the button. alarm: The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not 4. If the engine fails to start using a registered key pre-armed. The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’s ● Even when the driver and/or passen- ● When the button is pushed with gers are in the vehicle. proximately 50 seconds. The horn may or may not beep. ● If the key is turned slowly when locking The alarm is activated by: els). system will not arm. the driver’s door.

the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position. Restart the engine while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key. If the no start condition re-occurs. Operation is subject to the follow. when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position terference. For vehicles with Intelligent Key: This light blinks (1) This device may not cause harmful in. LOCK. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX- position. ing two conditions. OFF or ACC position. ANT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER) Security indicator light This device complies with part 15 of the For vehicles without Intelligent Key: This light FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the Canada. any interference received. Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal- functioning. SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER- 3. and wait approximately 10 sec. PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE- onds. Repeat steps 1 and 2. NISSAN rec- ommends placing the registered key on a sepa- rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices. mobilizer System is operational. LIC0474 tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER. ATE THE EQUIPMENT. and (2) this device must accept with the key removed from the ignition switch. including inter- This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im- ference that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device. 2. 4. 2-16 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

The wiper will also operate several times. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir following speed: tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol s 1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation based washer fluid concentrates may can be adjusted by turning the knob toward permanently stain the grille if spilled sA (Slower) or s B (Faster). The windshield wiper and washer operates when ● Do not operate the washer if the reser- the ignition switch is in the ON position. while filling the window washer reser- voir tank. see a NISSAN dealer for tion (MIST) of the wiper. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH If the light still remains on and/or the en. your NISSAN dealer for service. WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu- tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. s 2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed operation s 3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera- tion Instruments and controls 2-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield. voir tank is empty. Push the lever up s 4 to have one sweep opera- gine will not start. CAUTION LIC0965 ● Do not operate the washer continu- SWITCH OPERATION ously for more than 30 seconds. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser- vice as soon as possible. Please bring all Pull the lever toward you s 5 to operate the registered keys that you have when visiting washer.

Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen- trate and water. The wiper will also operate several times. rear window. full strength. CAUTION ● Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds. tion may freeze on the window and ob- Do not use the window washer reservoir scure your vision. 2-18 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● Do not operate the washer if the reser- voir tank is empty. while filling the window washer reser- s 1 Intermittent (INT) – intermittent operation voir tank. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position permanently stain the grille if spilled to operate the wiper. LIC0966 ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir The rear window wiper and washer operate when tank with washer fluid concentrates at the ignition switch is in the ON position. with the defroster before you wash the trate and water. REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH (if so equipped) ● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with WARNING water to the manufacturer’s recom- mended levels before pouring the fluid In freezing temperatures the washer solu- into the window washer reservoir tank. (not adjustable) ● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recom- s 2 ON – continuous low speed operation mended levels before pouring the fluid Push the switch forward s 3 to operate the into the window washer reservoir tank. washer. Warm the rear window tank to mix the washer fluid concen.

s 1 When turning the switch to the posi. start the engine and HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH CAUTION push the rear window defroster switch on. after approximately 15 minutes. be careful not to scratch or dam- age the rear window defroster. s 2 When turning the switch to the posi- CAUTION tion. Instruments and controls 2-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . battery. tail. When cleaning the inner side of the rear window. Push the switch again to turn ning to avoid discharging the vehicle the defroster off. The rear window defroster indicator light on the Lighting Use the headlights with the engine run- switch comes on.REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL MIRROR (if so equipped) SWITCH DEFROSTER SWITCH LIC0388 SIC2745 SIC3019 To defrost the rear window glass and outside Type A Type B mirrors (if so equipped). the front parking. license plate and The rear window defroster automatically turns off instrument panel lights come on. tion. the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM (Canada only) The headlights automatically illuminate at a re- duced intensity when the engine is started with LIC0967 the parking brake released. Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the or posi- tion. The daytime running lights illuminate when s 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the the parking brake is released. Failure to do so could cause engine is not running to avoid discharging an accident injuring yourself and others. The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the Headlight beam select OFF position or in the position. the daytime running lights do not illumi- s 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your light switch to the OFF position when the headlights. The high beam lights come on and the light illuminates. Turn the headlight switch to the position for full s 1 To select the high beam function. nate. ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off. the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes. you should turn the head. 2-20 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . CAUTION WARNING Even though the battery saver feature au. If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started. push the illumination when driving at night. tail lights on your vehicle are not period of time. lever forward. the vehicle battery. on. The daytime run- headlight high beams on and off. When the daytime running light system is tomatically turns off the headlights after a active.

turning direction. but the lever does not latch. move the lever up or selected for the fog lights to operate. Lane change signal The headlights must be on and the low beams s 2 To signal a lane change. Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru. LIC0392 LIC0968 SIC3020 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) CONTROL Turn signal To turn the fog lights on. the turn signals cancel automatically. ment panel lights when driving at night. then turn the fog light the headlight control switch is in the s 1 Move the lever up or down to signal the switch to the position. turn the fog light switch pleted. turn the headlight switch The instrument brightness control operates when to the position. to the OFF position. Instruments and controls 2-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . headlights are selected. The fog down to the point where the indicator light lights automatically turn off when the high beam begins to flash. When the turn is com- or position. To turn the fog lights off.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER HORN
SWITCH

The flashers will operate with the ignition switch
in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while
driving.

LIC0394 LIC0604
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when To sound the horn, push the center pad area of
you must stop or park under emergency condi- the steering wheel.
tions. All turn signal lights flash.
WARNING
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
● If stopping for an emergency, be sure to could affect proper operation of the
move the vehicle well off the road. supplemental front air bag system. Tam-
pering with the supplemental front air bag
● Do not use the hazard warning flashers
system may result in serious personal
while moving on the highway unless
injury.
unusual circumstances force you to
drive so slowly that your vehicle might
become a hazard to other traffic.
● Turn signals do not work when the haz-
ard warning flasher lights are on.

2-22 Instruments and controls

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

POWER OUTLET STORAGE

● Do not use with accessories that ex-
ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.
Do not use double adapters or more
than one electrical accessory.
● Use power outlets with the engine run-
ning to avoid discharging the vehicle
battery.
● Avoid using power outlets when the air
conditioner, headlights or rear window
defroster is on.
● Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical accessory
LIC0969
being used is turned OFF. LIC0971
● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If MAP POCKETS
The power outlet is for powering electrical acces- good contact is not made, the plug may
sories such as cellular telephones. The outlet is overheat or the internal temperature
rated at 12 Volt, 120 W (10A) maximum. fuse may open.
● When not in use, be sure to close the
CAUTION cap. Do not allow water to contact the
● The outlet and plug may be hot during outlet.
or immediately after use.
● Only certain power outlets are designed
for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Do
not use any other power outlet for an
accessory lighter. See your NISSAN
dealer for additional information.

Instruments and controls 2-23

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

LIC0979 LIC0980 LIC0981
Coin holders Front Rear
STORAGE TRAYS
WARNING
Do not place sharp objects in the trays to
help prevent injury in an accident or sud-
den stop.

2-24 Instruments and controls

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

CAUTION
● Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.

WIC1002 LIC0972

SUNGLASSES HOLDER (if so Front
equipped) CUP HOLDERS
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release CAUTION
the rear center portion s
A of the holder.
● Avoid abrupt starting and braking when
WARNING the cup holder is being used to prevent
spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while can scald you or your passenger.
driving to prevent an accident.
● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.

Instruments and controls 2-25

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

LIC0973 LIC0974 LIC0975
Rear — Type A Rear — Type B GLOVE BOX
Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup
holders. Open the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to
help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.

2-26 Instruments and controls

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding or
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-
lision, unsecured cargo could cause
personal injury.
● The child restraint top tether strap may
be damaged by contact with the ton-
neau cover or items in the cargo area.
Remove the tonneau cover from the ve-
hicle or secure it and any cargo. Your
child could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision if the top tether strap is
SIC2861 LIC0976 damaged.
CONSOLE BOX (if so equipped) COVERED STORAGE BIN The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart-
ment contents hidden from the outside.
Fold down s
1 the console box. Raise the lid to access the storage bin.
Only attach the hook and loop fastener on the
To open the console box, pull up on the lever s
2
TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped) tonneau cover privacy cloth to the area on the
and raise the lid s
3 . rear seatback where it is supposed to be at-
To close, push the lid down until the lock latches. WARNING tached. Otherwise, the seat surface could be
damaged.
● Never put anything on the tonneau
NOTE:
cover, no matter how small. Any object
Do not fold the console box up when it is on it could cause an injury in an acci-
used for storage. dent or sudden stop.
● Do not leave the tonneau cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.

Instruments and controls 2-27

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

Power door lock switch switch is in the ON position. WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS (if so equipped) WARNING ● Make sure that all passengers have their hands. 2-28 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Unattended chil- dren could become involved in serious WIC1100 accidents. 6. Front passenger’s side window switch seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the 4. push the switch and hold it vacy cloth from the rear seatback. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. If the driver’s or passenger’s door 5. Driver’s side automatic switch onds. simply release the switch. pull the switch and s3 Remove the tonneau cover holders from the hold it up. down. To stop the opening or closing function rear pillar. Window lock button The power windows operate when the ignition 2. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. power to the windows is canceled. or for about 45 3. ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. passenger windows. They could unknowingly ac- tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window. Right rear passenger’s window switch OFF position. To close a window. s2 Remove the edge of the tonneau cover pri- To open a window. Driver’s side power window switch WIC1003 To remove the tonneau cover: The driver’s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear s1 Remove the straps from the rear hatch. Left rear passenger’s window switch is opened during this period of about 45 sec. at any time. 1. etc.

only the driver’s side window can be opened or To fully close a window equipped with automatic closed. close the window. pull the switch up s2 . pull the switch up s 2 . the window. Push it again to cancel the window lock operation. The window automatically opens all the way. To To close the window. When the window lock button is depressed. The window automatically closes all the way. pull the switch up to the second detent function. it need not be held. To open the operation. push the switch and hold it down s1 . press the window switch down to the the corresponding passenger’s window. LIC0718 LIC0718 LIC0410 Front passenger’s power window Rear power window switch Automatic operation switch The rear power window switches open or close To fully open a window equipped with automatic The passenger’s window switch operates only only the corresponding windows. To open window. To second detent and release it. To stop the win- dow. it need not be held. and release it. press the switch down while the window is closing. lift the switch up while the Locking passengers’ windows window is opening. push the switch and hold it down s1 . stop the window. Instruments and controls 2-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

The side windows can be opened or closed by If the control unit detects something caught in a turning the hand crank on each door. Operate something being caught in the window oc- the window by automatic function to confirm curs. and then hold the Depending on the environment or driving switch for more than 3 seconds after the conditions. Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window. 2-30 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The auto-reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. WIC0263 passengers have their hands. see a NISSAN dealer for assistance. Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows.. 3. Release the power window switch.Auto-reverse function 2. Make sure that all operate properly after performing the above pro. MANUAL WINDOWS (if so equipped) the vehicle before closing the window. Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch. perform the fol- lowing procedure to initialize the power window system. the initialization is complete. When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly. window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing. WARNING 5. 1. etc. the window will be immediately low- ered. inside cedure. be activated if an impact or load similar to 4. the auto-reverse function may window is closed completely. There are some small distances immedi- ately before the closed position which If the power window automatic function does not cannot be detected.

Release the switch. push the switch CAUTION toward s2 . toward s1 . Push and hold the side of the moon- the moonroof opening while the vehicle roof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down. Instruments and controls 2-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the moonroof up. ● Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area. If the moonroof is open. snow. is in motion or while the moonroof is closing. The automatic the vehicle through an open moonroof. switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position. If the driver’s door or the front ● Do not allow anyone to stand up or moonroof moves slightly up and down. passenger’s door is opened during this period of extend any portion of their body out of about 45 seconds. power to the moonroof is 4. 2. 5. Tilting the moonroof Resetting the moonroof switch Close the moonroof by pushing the switch toward s 2 . The moonroof will only operate when the ignition ● In an accident you could be thrown from switch is in the ON position. Check if the moonroof switch operates nor- Sliding the moonroof mally. LIC0977 toward s1 . push the from the moonroof before opening. Always use seat belts and child roof switch to tilt the moonroof up. and if nec- essary repaired. electrical supply interrupted and/or some mal- function is detected. push the switch If the moonroof still does not operate properly. then push The moonroof switch may not operate properly the switch toward s2 again to tilt the after the battery terminal is disconnected. ice or sand To open or close the moonroof part way. close it fully by AUTOMATIC MOONROOF WARNING repeatedly pushing the side of the moonroof switch.MOONROOF (if so equipped) To fully close the moonroof. by a NISSAN dealer. push the switch cedure to return moonroof operation to normal. 1. have the moonroof system checked. Release the moonroof switch after the OFF position. Push and hold the side of the moon- moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds. Use the following reset pro- To tilt the moonroof down. ● Remove water drops. To fully open the moonroof. even if the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or restraints. 3. canceled.

Depending on the environment or driving ● In an accident you could be thrown from conditions. occurs. gradually. will immediately open backward. ice or sand When closing: from the moonroof before opening.. the moonroof will fully close ward or backward. inside CAUTION the vehicle before closing the moonroof. If the control unit detects something caught in the ● Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof as it moves to the front. the moonroof will im- mediately tilt up. keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for- The auto reverse function can be activated when after it happens. the auto reverse function may the vehicle through an open moonroof. WARNING moonroof. Make sure that all passengers have their hands. When tilting down: If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down. Make sure nothing is caught in the If the moonroof does not close matic operation when the ignition key is in the ON moonroof. etc. ● Remove water drops. 2-32 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Sunshade tilting down the moonroof) peats opening or tilting up the moonroof. ● Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of WARNING the moonroof opening while the vehicle There are some small distances immedi. is in motion or while the moonroof is ately before the closed position which closing.Auto reverse function (when closing or If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re. cannot be detected. the moonroof moonroof or surrounding area. position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the key is turned to the OFF position. be activated if an impact or load similar to Always use seat belts and child something being caught in the moonroof restraints. snow. the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto.

Instruments and controls 2-33 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . a key. utes while doors are open to prevent the battery turn them off. This could result with the engine stopped. regardless of door position. To operates regardless of ignition switch position. CAUTION The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless Do not use for extended periods of time the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position. press the switches. the in a discharged battery. Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. the CAUTION interior lights illuminate. ● The ignition switch is turned ON. This could result in a discharged battery. a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position. regardless of door SIC2063A WIC1004 position. The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when: ● The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob. When the switch is in the ON position s 1 .INTERIOR LIGHT MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped) ● The driver’s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch. ● The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed. press the switches again. When the switch is in the OFF position s 3 . The interior light has a three-position switch and The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min. To turn the map lights on. from becoming discharged. or the power door lock switch. interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when: ● The doors are unlocked by the keyfob. the interior lights do not illuminate. When the switch is in the DOOR position s 2 .

When the rear hatch is closed.LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT TRUNK LIGHT (Sedan) (Hatchback) The light illuminates when the rear hatch is The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened. the light goes off. the light When the trunk lid is closed. refer to “Exte- rior and interior lights” in the “Maintenance and The light also illuminates with other interior lights do-it-yourself” section of this manual. For bulb replacement procedures. opened. The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min- utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. See “Interior light” earlier in this section. when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position. will turn off. 2-34 Instruments and controls Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Locking with power door lock switch Opening the trunk lid. . . . . . . . 3-18 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Rear hatch (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys Troubleshooting guide . . . . . 3-27 Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . 3-23 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Opener operation. . . . . . 3-22 Locking with key. . . . 3-24 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Warning lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Keys . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Operating range. . . . 3-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Fuel-filler cap . . . . 3-11 Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Intelligent Key system) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-12 Vanity mirrors (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . 3-26 Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 How to use the remote keyless entry Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . 3-25 Remote keyless entry system (models without Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Trunk lid (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Rear hatch release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Intelligent keys (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Intelligent Key operation . . . 3-6 Interior trunk lid release . . . . 3-15 Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Opening the rear hatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you lose with one vehicle. your NISSAN dealer of registration will no longer be able to start your can duplicate it. to come into SYSTEM KEYS (if so equipped) contact with salt water. cate your existing key. keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle. Transponder chip necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle 3. these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN 3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the key number is not 2. which contains an electrical transponder. NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER Do not allow the immobilizer system key. memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. If you still have a key. NISSAN does not record your NISSAN dealer for registration. Never leave these keys in the vehicle. lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time from. not in the vehicle. The master key can be used for all the locks. der chip and chrome NISSAN brand Additional or replacement keys: symbol on one side If you still have a key. LPD0348 1. These keys have a transponder chip in the key head. After the registration process. Key number plate Immobilizer System keys.KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration. As many as five NISSAN Record the key number and keep it in a safe place Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used (such as your wallet). This could affect system You can only drive your vehicle using the master function. Your dealer can dupli- A key number plate is supplied with your keys. vehicle. see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to using the key number. Two master keys (black) with transpon. You should bring all NISSAN your keys. This is be- key numbers so it is very important to keep track cause the registration process will erase the of your key number plate.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle. Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel- ● Do not place the Intelligent Key near To install the mechanical key. The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key. To remove the mechanical key. the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle. LPD0350 ● Do not drop the Intelligent Key. release the lock ● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent key holder that contains a magnet. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Keys) ● Do not place the Intelligent Key for an which can be used in case of a discharged bat- 3. CAUTION ● Do not allow the Intelligent Key. Mechanical keys (inside Intelligent against another object. tery. The mechanical key can be used for operation in As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered the same way as an ordinary key. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register- ing new keys. such as a TV. SPA1951 1. INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped) peratures exceed 140°F (60°C). field. and used with one vehicle. knob on the back of the Intelligent Key. personal computers. Key number plate extended period in an area where tem. firmly insert it into ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve- equipment that produces a magnetic the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to hicle Immobilizer System components. audio equipment and the lock position. Two Intelligent Keys ● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply Mechanical key 2. to come into contact with water or salt water. which contains electrical components. This could affect the system function. be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

To unlock. ● Before opening any door. this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. Unattended children could become involved in seri. Along with the use of seat belts. LOCKING WITH KEY ous accidents. DOORS CAUTION WARNING Always carry the mechanical key installed ● Always have the doors locked while in the Intelligent Key slot. Manual To lock a door. ● Do not leave children unattended inside LPD0349 the vehicle. Driver’s side tivate switches or controls. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open- ing the doors. 3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . They could unknowingly ac. driving. turn the key toward the rear s2 . always look for and avoid oncoming traffic. and will help keep out intruders. turn the key toward the front of the vehicle s1 .

From that position. To unlock the door without the key. push the door Turning the key toward the front s 1 of the vehicle To lock the door without the key. then close the the lock position s1 . To unlock all the doors without a key. vehicle unlocks that door. be certain not to leave the key inside the Turning the key one time toward the rear s 2 of the vehicle. move the inside lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) to locks all doors. lock knob to the lock position s 1 . When locking the door this door. move the returning the key to neutral s 3 (where the key can inside lock knob to the unlock position s 2 . all doors s4 . way. push the only be removed and inserted) and turning it door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks side) to the unlock position s 2 . LPD0240 SPA2169 WPD0381 Power (if so equipped) Inside lock LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR The power door lock system allows you to lock or LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK LOCK SWITCH (if so equipped) unlock all doors at the same time. KNOB To lock all the doors without a key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi- mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle. all doors will lock and then unlock auto. especially when small children are in the vehicle. This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle. ● the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m) The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors. turn the interior lights on. and activate the panic alarm by When the power door lock switch (driver’s or using the keyfob from outside the vehicle. rences which will damage the keyfob: the door can be opened only from the out- side. the door can be opened from the outside or the CAUTION inside. Listed below are conditions or occur- When the lever is in the lock position s 2 . The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch. front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle open. contact a NISSAN LIC0716 dealer. matically. CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The keyfob will not function when: Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors ● the battery is discharged from being opened accidentally. REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (models without Intelligent Key system) (if so equipped) Lockout protection It is possible to lock/unlock all doors. When the lever is in the unlock position s 1 . ● Do not allow the keyfob to become wet. ● Do not drop the keyfob. before locking the doors. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs. The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle.

The horn may or may not beep. Push the button on the keyfob. all doors locked. Close all doors and the rear hatch/trunk.● Do not strike the keyfob sharply against ● When the button is pushed with another object. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1. exceed 140°F (60°C). ing the horn beep feature” later in this section for details. the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a ● Do not place the keyfob for an extended reminder that the doors are already period in an area where temperatures locked. Remove the key from the ignition switch. lights will not flash. 2. All the doors lock. but the horn will not beep and the hazard fob. the button. NISSAN rec. 4. the doors will lock ommends erasing the ID code of that key. Refer to “Silenc- dure. authorized use to unlock the vehicle. The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked. please contact a NISSAN dealer. 3. ● If a door is open and you push If a keyfob is lost or stolen. For information regarding the erasing proce. Close all windows. This will prevent the keyfob from un.

locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position. ● any button is pushed on the keyfob. The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds. The interior lights can be turned off without wait- ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position. Push the button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds. doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position. 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● All doors and the rear hatch/trunk unlock. Using the panic alarm (if so equipped) Push the button on the keyfob once. ● A key is inserted into the ignition switch and If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened. Auto relock When the button on the keyfob is pushed. by pushing and holding the button on the ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all keyfob for longer than 0.5 second. you may activate the panic alarm to call attention ● Only the driver’s door unlocks. all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per- LPD0210 formed: LPD0211 Unlocking doors ● Any door is opened. ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed. the key is turned from OFF to ON. or ignition key in any position except the ON position. ● The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior The panic alarm stops when: light switch is in the DOOR position with the ● it has run for 25 seconds.

The operating environment and/or conditions may af- Push the button on the keyfob once to turn fect the Intelligent Key system operation. CAUTION ● Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. WARNING ● When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted. power station and broadcasting tric medical equipment. possible influences before use. ● Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. The Intelligent Key is always communicating with LPD0350 the vehicle as it receives radio waves. a TV tower. and CB radio. such as Radio waves could adversely affect elec. on the interior lights. Key number plate following operating conditions. Those who use a station. transceiver. The Intel- 1. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped) Using the interior light taking the key out from a pocket or purse. refer to “Interior light” Intelligent Key system. in the “Instruments and controls” section earlier in this manual. Mechanical keys (inside Intelligent Environmental conditions may interfere with the Keys) operation of the Intelligent Key system under the 3. 2. pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the ● When in possession of wireless equipment. Two Intelligent Keys ligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Be sure to read the following before using the For additional information. The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or ● When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without covered by metallic materials. such as a cellular telephone.

replace it with a new one. key holder that contains a magnet. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving ● Do not place the Intelligent Key for an radio waves. which gent Key from the vehicle. see “Battery” in the “Maintenance and do-it- yourself” section. contact a NISSAN dealer. If the battery is dis. correct the operating conditions come into contact with water or salt the vehicle. For information regarding replacement of a bat- tery. the bat. NISSAN CAUTION ● When the vehicle is parked near a parking recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli- ● Do not allow the Intelligent Key. peratures exceed 140°F (60°C). if the key is left near equipment extended period in an area where tem- which transmits strong radio waves. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen. nals from a TV and personal computer. the battery’s life is ● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply approximately 2 years. For information regarding the erasing before using the Intelligent Key function or use water. ● Do not change or modify the Intelligent When the Intelligent Key battery is low. ligent Key system warning light ( ) will blink ● Wetting may damage the Intelligent green for about 30 seconds after the ignition Key. on the operating conditions. For information about equipment that produces a magnetic the purchase and use of additional Intelligent field. personal computers. im- switch is turned to the ON position. ● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a tery life may become shorter. contact a NISSAN dealer. the mechanical key. such as a TV. If the Intelligent Key gets wet. mediately wipe until it is completely dry. function. against another object. 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . such as sig. Key. Although the life of the battery varies depending ● Do not drop the Intelligent Key. contains electrical components. the Intel. audio equipment and ● When the Intelligent Key is placed near an Keys. ● When any type of radio wave remote control As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered ● Do not place the Intelligent Key near is used nearby. This may prevent the meter. and used with one vehicle. charged. to unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate In such cases. electric appliance such as a personal com- puter. This could affect the system procedure.

even someone handle will cause the Intelligent Key system When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or who does not carry the Intelligent Key. make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors. request switch to lock/unlock the doors. WPD0402 WPD0403 WPD0375 Hatchback Sedan DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS OPERATING RANGE If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass. gent Key is outside the vehicle. it is possible for anyone. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle. ing location. ● Do not push the door handle request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the specified with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as operating range from the request switch s1 . The close distance to the door range. switch. the request switches may The Intelligent Key functions can only be used not function. The operating range is within 31. to push the to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- strong radio waves are present near the operat. the Intelligent Key system’s operat- ing range becomes narrower.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch s1 . verify the doors are securely locked by testing them. and the Intelligent ● After locking with the door handle request Key may not function properly. PRECAUTION handle or rear bumper. When the Intelligent Key is within the operating illustrated.

All doors and the rear hatch/trunk will lock. Push any door handle request switch s 1 or the rear hatch/trunk request switch s 2 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you. tion. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- the key out of your pocket or bag. handle request switch or rear hatch/trunk request switch within the range of operation. The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door. 5. you ignition switch. 3. 4. 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. (Remove the key if any key is in the When you carry the Intelligent Key with you.) can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door 2. Close all doors and the rear hatch/trunk. WPD0368 WPD0358 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION Locking doors You can lock or unlock the doors without taking 1.

switch or the ignition switch is pushed in. WPD0369 SPA2043 SPA2044 NOTE: Hatchback Sedan ● Doors do not lock with the door handle ● Doors lock with the door handle request CAUTION request switch or the rear hatch/trunk re- switch or rear hatch/trunk request switch ● After locking the doors using the re- quest switch with the Intelligent Key inside while a mechanical key is in the ignition quest switch. doors lock with the me- chanical key even if any door is open. have been securely locked by operating However. make sure that the doors the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you. when an Intelligent Key is inside ● Doors lock with the door handle request the vehicle. hatch/trunk opener switch. while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK ● When locking the doors using the re- position. doors can be locked with an. make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be- ● Doors do not lock by pushing the door fore operating the request switch to handle request switch or the rear prevent the Intelligent Key from being hatch/trunk request switch while any door is left in the vehicle. However. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . quest switch. the door handles or the rear switch or the rear hatch/trunk request switch other Intelligent Key. open.

the rear hatch/trunk request switch s 2 . ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on Lockout protection the tonneau cover. pocket or your other hand. WPD0358 NOTE: Unlocking doors The doors may not lock when the intelli. 1. The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once. Carry the Intelligent Key. the lock will automatically unlock and the door ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- buzzer sounds. and then the Intelligent Key is put ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on or inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed. side or near metallic materials. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- dentally locked in the vehicle. 3. under the spare tire area. lockout protection side the glove box or a storage bin. is equipped with the Intelligent Key system. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel. 3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . top of the rear parcel. gent key is in the same hand that is oper- 2. the doors are locked. Put the intelligent key in a purse. tected by the Intelligent Key system. Push the door handle request switch s 1 The lockout protection may not function again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and under the following conditions: the rear hatch/trunk. ● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- side the door pockets. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci.● The request switch is operational only ● When the Intelligent Key is placed on when the Intelligent Key has been de. When the driver’s side door is open. CAUTION 4. Push the door handle request switch s 1 or ating the request switch to lock the door.

push the door handle re- The interior light timer illuminates for 30 seconds HOW TO USE THE REMOTE when a door is unlocked and the room light KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION quest switch to unlock the door. that door may not be unlocked. can operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) away the request switch. pends upon the conditions around the vehicle. ● Locking the doors with the remote controller. from the vehicle. The operating distance de- ● Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi- ● Opening any doors or the rear hatch/trunk. The remote keyless function tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing ing operations. ● Pushing the ignition switch. the door. switch is in the DOOR position. All doors and the rear hatch/trunk will be locked The remote keyless entry function can operate all The interior light can be turned off without waiting door locks using the remote keyless function of automatically unless one of the following opera- for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow. position. Returning ● Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF the door handle to its original position will unlock switch. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . WPD0369 SPA2043 SPA2044 If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the Hatchback Sedan doors. tion. the Intelligent Key. If the door does not unlock after return- ing the door handle.

4. while any door is open. NOTE: tion under the following conditions: ● Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while ● When the Intelligent Key is not within the the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON operational range. 5. Close all doors and the rear hatch/trunk. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- tion. be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle. CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli- CAUTION gent Key. the outside buzzer sounds twice. and the horn beeps once. position. be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door When locking the doors using the Intelli- handles. ● When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- charged. 2. WPD0359 Locking doors 1. 3. The hazard warning lights flash twice. gent Key. All doors and the rear hatch/trunk will be locked. ● When the doors or the rear hatch/trunk are ● Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key open or not closed securely. Push the button on the Intelligent Key.The remote keyless entry function will not func. 3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

● any button is pushed on the Intelligent Key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Push the button on the Intelligent Key. Intelligent Key for longer than 0. ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF WPD0360 WPD0374 position. The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op- erations. The hazard warning lights flash once and the by pushing and holding the button on the outside buzzer sounds once. The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position. ● Opening any doors or the rear hatch/trunk. you may activate the panic alarm to call attention 2. Unlocking doors Using the panic alarm 1. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened. seconds. ● Locking the doors with the remote controller. ● Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi- tion. Push the button again within 1 minute The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 to unlock all doors and the rear hatch/trunk. ● Pushing the ignition switch. All doors and the rear hatch/trunk will be locked The panic alarm stops when: automatically unless one of the following opera- ● it has run for 25 seconds.5 second. ● Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch. or tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing the button. 3.

The warning buzzer sounds and the and buttons for at least 2 seconds warning light illuminates when improper opera- once more. Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si- lence the horn if the alarm is triggered. function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from To activate: Press and hold the being stolen. 3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . s 2 Intelligent Key system warning light To deactivate: Press and hold the WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE and buttons for at least 2 seconds. The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated. tions are detected. REMINDERS The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a deactivated. WPD0362 WPD0370 Silencing the horn beep feature s 1 Intelligent Key lock warning light (M/T models) or P position selecting warning If desired. the horn beep feature can be deacti- light (CVT models) vated using the Intelligent Key.

This warning ● The selector lever is in the P position and the Audible reminder and warning when is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi- Key will run down soon. ● Make sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK ( ) (CVT models) in the instrument panel position. the following is performed. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . all of ● The selector lever is in the P (Park) position. warn you when the door is closed. blinks in red: WARNING SIGNALS Alarm and warning when the engine ● Make sure the selector lever is in the P To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex. be sure to check the vehicle and er’s door is opened. switch is turned to the ON position. the Intel- When a chime or beep sounds or the warning If the chime sounds continuously when the driv. position. position. CAUTION Audible reminder and warning when When the Intelligent Key lock warning light ( ) the engine stops (M/T models) in the instrument panel blinks: When the buzzer sounds and the warning ● Make sure the selector lever is in the P position. Warning for low battery power the LOCK position. When the Intelligent Key battery is low. starts pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent When the Intelligent Key system warning light Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being When the chime sounds intermittently: ( ) blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds. the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will – Closing the doors. stolen. be sure to check both When the P position selecting warning light the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. – Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK being left in the vehicle hicle. If you lock all doors using the power door lock – Removing the mechanical key. light illuminates. ligent Key system warning light ( ) will blink light comes on. switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle. Preventing the Intelligent Key from ● The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve. one. a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and ● Make sure the selector lever is in the P make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. and outside the vehicle. ● The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position. Refer to “Battery replacement” in the “Main- When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside ● The mechanical key is not inserted into the tenance and do-it-yourself” section. check for the following: ignition switch. Replace it with a new locking the doors tion. check the following: green for about 30 seconds after the ignition the Intelligent Key. NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a ● The warning chime may stop when one of NISSAN dealer. outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on position and the ignition switch is turned to in the instrument panel.

while you are carrying the Intelligent Key. When closing the doors blinks in red and the front door warning beep vehicle. the battery is com- pletely discharged. When turning the ignition knob The warning chime sounds The ignition knob is not turned to Turn the ignition knob to LOCK. vehicle. LOCK. ment” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. to the LOCK position. When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously. Remove the mechanical key from the ignition knob. The ignition switch is not turned Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (Park) position. Replace the battery with a new one. When pushing the ignition The Intelligent Key system warning light in the The Intelligent Key is not in the If the Intelligent Key system warning light illuminates red even switch instrument panel illuminates red. sounds for approximately 3 seconds. 3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The front door beep sounds for approximately The ignition knob is not turned to Turn the ignition knob to LOCK. position. request switch seconds. The ignition knob is not in LOCK Turn the ignition knob to LOCK. The key warning light in the instrument panel The Intelligent Key is not in the Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you. Replace the battery with a new one. door. See “Battery replace- blinks in green. door handle request switch. A warning chime sounds continuously and the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks. When stopping the engine The P position warning light in the instrument The selector lever is not in the P Make sure that the selector lever is in the P (Park) position panel blinks in red. When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuously.TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible Cause Remedy When pushing the door handle The front door beep sounds for approximately 2 Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the The doors cannot be locked. When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument panel The battery charge is low. LOCK position. See “Battery replacement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. 10 seconds. The front door beep sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is left in the Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and close the seconds and all doors unlock. and turn the ignition knob to LOCK. vehicle. or the mechanical key is inserted into the ignition knob.

as they may be 2. Locate the lever s2 in between the hood and hot immediately after the engine has been grille and push the lever sideways with your stopped. WPD0371 1. This allows proper engagement of the the slot s 5 . fingertips. When closing the hood. to avoid injury do not open the hood. Fail- ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.HOOD WARNING ● Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . lower the hood to approxi- mately 12 inches (30 cm) above the latch and 4. Avoid direct con- springs up slightly. tact with the metal parts. hood latch. Raise the hood s 3 . ● If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment. Pull the hood lock release handle s 1 located Hold the coated parts sA when removing or below the instrument panel until the hood resetting the support rod. Remove the support rod s 4 and insert it into release it. return the support rod to 3. its original position.

unlock it with one of the following operations. ● Push the button on the Intelligent Key (if equipped) twice. 3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .REAR HATCH (Hatchback) ● Push the rear hatch request switch or door WARNING handle request switch (if equipped) twice. ● Push the button on the remote con- troller (if equipped) twice. See “Intelligent key sys- tem” earlier in this section. ● Unlock all doors using the key. See “Remote key- less entry system” earlier in this section. then push the opener switch sA. The rear hatch must be closed securely See “Intelligent key system” earlier in this before driving. ● Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position. allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle. SPA2048 OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch. An open rear hatch could section.

See “Folding rear seat” in the “Safety — seats. SPA2049 LPD0352 To close the rear hatch. Push the rear hatch up to open. seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . The rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery. NOTE: If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever. 2. 3. The rear hatch will be unlatched. Move the release lever to the right. Fold the rear seats down. push the rear hatch down REAR HATCH RELEASE until it securely locks. To release the rear hatch from the inside of the vehicle. perform the following operations: 1. have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. Put a hand or a suitable tool in the underside of the rear hatch to access the release lever sA .

and prevent children’s access to car keys.TRUNK LID (Sedan) ● Unlock the driver’s door using the key or WARNING inside door lock knob. ● Do not drive with the trunk lid open. ● Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in- jured. ● Push the button on the Intelligent Key (if equipped). down securely. with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use. SPA2051 OPENING THE TRUNK LID To open the trunk lid. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases ● Push the power door lock switch to the to be drawn into the vehicle. unlock it with one of the following operations. unlock position. haust gas” in the “Starting and driving” To close the trunk lid. ● Push the trunk request switch or door handle request switch (if equipped). then push the opener switch sA. See “Ex. lower and push the trunk lid section of this manual. 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . Keep the car locked. See “Remote keyless entry sys- tem” earlier in this section. ● Push the button on thekeyfob (if equipped). See “Intelligent key system” earlier in this section. See “Intelligent key system” earlier in this section.

The handle is located inside the trunk compart- ment on the trunk lock at the center of the trunk lid. To open the trunk from the inside. The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk. with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use. rotate the illuminated lever s1 until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid. Keep the car locked. Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. turn the key clockwise. To close the trunk lid. WPD0404 WPD0405 KEY OPERATION INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE To open the trunk lid. and prevent children’s access to car keys. lower and push the trunk lid WARNING down securely. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light.

You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. It could also cause the Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder s 1 while malfunction indicator light to come on. resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. ● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle. pull operation of the fuel system and emis- cap counterclockwise to remove. WPD0372 LPD0354 ● Use only an original equipment type OPENER OPERATION FUEL-FILLER CAP fuel-filler cap as a replacement. turn the release. 3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . close the fuel-filler door sion control system. It has a The fuel-filler door release is located below the The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type.FUEL-FILLER DOOR WARNING ● Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi- tions. Turn the built-in safety valve needed for proper instrument panel. To tighten. possible injury. refueling. To lock. ● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. An incorrect cap the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are securely. To open the fuel-filler door. can result in a serious malfunction and heard. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow.

cause the fuel-filler cap is loose or – Keep the pump nozzle in contact missing. function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi- – Do not use electronic devices when nate. The light should turn off after a TILT OPERATION – Use only approved portable fuel con. “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the “Instruments and Controls” section WARNING earlier in this manual. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . STEERING WHEEL ● Do not fill a portable fuel container in CAUTION the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable ● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in ● For additional information. If the light tainers for flammable liquid. Push the lock lever s1 down and adjust the does not turn off after a few driving steering wheel up or down s 2 to the desired trips. tighten or install the cap and with the container while you are fill. vapor or gas in any vehicle or flush it away with water to avoid paint trailer. have the vehicle inspected by a position. few driving trips. containers: Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap – Always place the container on the properly may cause the Mal- ground when filling. LPD0355 ing it. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. NISSAN dealer. To reduce the risk of serious damage. continue to drive the vehicle. see the place. injury or death when filling portable fuel ● Tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks. liquid. If the light illuminates be- filling.

pull the sun visor The night position s 1 reduces glare from the down and slide the mirror cover open. because it reduces rear view clarity. 3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side s2 . swing down the Use the night position only when neces- sun visor s 1 . To block glare from the side. SIC2872 WARNING To block out glare from the front. sary.SUN VISORS MIRRORS LPD0356 WPD0126 VANITY MIRRORS (if so equipped) REARVIEW MIRROR To access the vanity mirror. vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when Use the day position s 2 when driving in daylight the mirror cover is open. hours. Some headlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Using only this mirror could cause an accident. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. Press the mirror. or de-ice for improved visibility. Adjust each mirror to the desired position rear window defroster switch to activate the heat- using the large switch s 2 . LPD0237 MPA0008 OUTSIDE MIRRORS Foldable outside mirrors The outside mirror remote control will operate Push the mirrors backward to fold them. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Move the small switch s 1 to select the right or left defog. Be careful when moving to the right. WARNING ● Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes. ● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. Press the switch again to deactivate. Heated mirrors (Canada only) Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost. only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. ing function.

MEMO 3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . audio and phone systems Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 AM radio reception . air conditioner. . . 4-26 Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Antenna . . 4-16 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Car phone or CB radio . . 4-6 BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone System Servicing air conditioner. . 4-27 Heater operation . . . . . . . 4-31 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . 4-28 Air flow charts. . . . . . . . 4-43 FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Speaker adaptation (SA) mode. 4-35 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 (if so equipped) . . . . . 4-3 Steering wheel switch for audio control Controls . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 FM/AM radio with compact disc (CD) player. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VENTILATORS SAA1176 SAA1177 SAA1178 Center Center upper Sides Adjust air flow open/close s 1 Adjust air flow direction s 2 4-2 Heater. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . air conditioner.

audio and phone systems 4-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Air intake lever (Outside air circulation/ Air flow control dial long periods as it may cause the interior Air recirculation) The air flow control dial allows you to select the air to become stale and the windows to 2. air conditioner. Heater. sunny days. on hot. Temperature control dial ventilators.HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER WARNING ● The air conditioner cooling function op- erates only when the engine is running. temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. — Air flows mainly from defroster outlets. — Air flows from center and side CONTROLS ventilators and foot outlets. controls fan speed. 3. fog up. Air flow control dial air flow outlets. — Air flows from defroster outlets The fan control dial turns the fan on and off. Air conditioner button — Air flows from center and side 5. Also. WHA0663 ● Do not use the recirculation mode for 1. ● Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. Fan control dial 4. and and foot outlets. Pets should also not be left alone. Fan control dial — Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

turn the fan control dial to the maxi- comes on when the air conditioner is operating. Turn the air flow control dial to the temperature. senger compartment. tion for normal heating. ditioner. 3. The indicator light Ventilation dows. position. tion. To increase position. push the This mode directs outside air to the side and dial to the full HOT position. 4-4 Heater. Move the air intake lever to the posi- ates only when the engine is running. Turn the air flow control dial to the position.Temperature control dial The air conditioner cooling function oper. of this manual. Some air also flows from the defrost defrost/defog the windows. ● To quickly remove ice or fog from the win- turn on the air conditioner. air conditioner. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- tion. For more information about the rear window de- the temperature. The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- froster switch. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- ● for maximum cooling when using the air con. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- Move the air intake lever to the position. Turn the air flow control dial to the ● to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas. The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- sired position between the middle and the hot position. Air recirculation Heating Defrosting or defogging Move the air intake lever to the position to This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to recirculate air inside the vehicle. tion. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- Air conditioner button sired position between the middle and the 4. 3. outlets. Use the selection: outlets. turn the dial to the right. HEATER OPERATION sired position. To lower the Rear window defroster switch 2. turn the dial to the left. see “Rear window defroster Fresh air switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section tion. 2. 4. 1. 2. tion. 1. Move the air intake lever to the posi- 1. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Start the engine. ● when driving on a dusty road. turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the button to hot position. Move the air intake lever to the posi. mum position and the temperature control To turn off the air conditioner. center ventilators. 4. button again.

tioner is on. the position. Turn the air flow control dial to the desired position. pressed or the fan control dial is turned to off. Turn the temperature control dial to the de. The air condi. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades 4. Move the air intake lever to the posi. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi. Move the air intake lever to the posi- A/C indicator light will illuminate when the air the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- sired position. and push the button to A/C indicator light will illuminate when the air position. This will dehu. Bi-level heating hot position. cooling and dehumidifying functions flow control modes until the A/C button is tion. Turn the temperature control dial to the de. the air con- center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets. tion. 2. Be sure to return to shield. audio and phone systems 4-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . air conditioner. Move the air intake lever to position. 1. conditioner automatically turns on. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- position. are added to the heater operation. The Start the engine. tion. midify the air and help to defog the windows. This mode directs cooler air from the side and Cooling When the position is selected. 4. 4. tioner and A/C indicator light will remain on in all 2. The the full hot or full cool position. move air intake lever to This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind. turn the fan control dial to the 2. When the temperature control dial is moved to midify the air and help to defog the windows. conditioner automatically turns on. Operating tips tion.When the position is selected. the air con. This will dehu. ● For quick cooling when the outside tem- Heating and defogging perature is high. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi. The air condi- perature. The air conditioner cooling function oper- sired position between the middle and the ates only when the engine is running. 5. the air between 1. 1. pressed or the fan control dial is turned to off. the position for normal cooling. Turn the air flow control dial to the 3. The indicator light and air inlet in front of the windshield. Heater. This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION ditioner will automatically turn on. This comes on. activate the air conditioner. When the air condi- tioner and A/C indicator light will remain on in all 3. Push the button. ditioner will automatically turn on. improves heater operation. sired position. Turn the air flow control dial to the flow control modes until the A/C button is position. tion.

at least once a month. 4-6 Heater. air from the passenger compartment. tion. Move the air intake lever to the posi- cooling or defrosting. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- sired position. light illuminates in red indicating engine coolant temperature is over the 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi. the “In case of emergency” section of tion. Then. This allows the air con- 3. Move the air intake lever to the posi. humid conditions as the air This mode is used to defog the windows and is cooled rapidly. ● After parking in the sun. off. Turn the air flow control dial to the for heating and defrosting. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . position. close the windows. Push the button. ditioner to cool the interior more quickly. See “If your vehicle overheats” in 3. The indicator light operated for approximately 10 minutes comes on. 4. This does not indicate a dehumidify the air. The air recirculation le- tion. 1. ● Keep the windows and moonroof closed The following charts show the button and dial while the air conditioner is in operation. ● A visible mist may be seen coming from the Dehumidified defogging ventilators in hot. This helps pre- vent damage to the system due to lack 5. 1. positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating. ● If the high temperature warning tion. ● The air conditioning system should be 4. air conditioner.Dehumidified heating Operating tips AIR FLOW CHARTS This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air. drive for 2 or 3 ver should always be in the OFF position minutes with the windows open to vent hot 2. sired position. of lubrication. turn the air conditioner position. this manual. Turn the temperature control dial to the de. Turn the air flow control dial to the normal range. malfunction.

air conditioner. audio and phone systems 4-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .WHA1066 WHA1068 Heater.

audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . LHA0667 WHA1067 4-8 Heater. air conditioner.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve- hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system. any air conditioner ser- vice should be done only by an experi- enced technician with proper equipment. air conditioner. To avoid personal injury. WARNING The air conditioner system contains re- frigerant under high pressure. Special charging equipment and lubricant is re- quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi- tioner. A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ- mentally friendly” air conditioning system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations” in the “Technical and consumer information” section of this manual. WHA1069 Heater. This refrigerant does not harm the earth’s ozone layer. audio and phone systems 4-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect Static: Caused by thunderstorms. when the finest equipment is used. In addition. treble control to reduce treble response. and/or drift. Some cellular phones or other devices may signals reach the receiver at the same time. air conditioner. ception area. AM signals are also sub- Radio reception having slightly more range than stereo FM. These circuits are designed to directly related to the distance between the through freeway underpasses or in areas with extend reception range. Storing the de. they will reflect areas where no obstacles exist. The strength of the FM signal is Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing dio reception. and do not indicate any malfunction Static and flutter: During signal interference from in your NISSAN radio system. the signals will tend to fade acteristics are completely normal in a given re. be heard. Intermittent changes in reception quality AM signals.AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO signal distance and interference from other ve. electric signs and even traffic lights. direct and reflected you listen to the radio with the engine not running. mountains and other external influ. build. These char. even Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from power lines. vice in a different location may reduce or elimi- ings. the key should be turned to the ACC position. AM RADIO RECEPTION nate the noise. For example. of-sight path. It can also occur for several ity of that reception. However there are some general characteristics off objects. FM signals follow a line. electrical radio reception quality in a moving vehicle. strength. FM RADIO RECEPTION bend around objects and skip along the ground. (usually in conjunction with increased distance cause of vehicle movement. De. This can be reduced by adjusting the hicles can work against ideal reception. resulting in mo- Radio reception is affected by station signal from the audio system speakers. The cause interference or a buzzing noise to come signals may cancel each other. because of their low frequency. and to enhance the qual. terrain. large hills or due to antenna position Reception conditions will constantly change be. buildings. bridges. from the station transmitter). Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position scribed below are some of the factors that can and press the PWR button to turn the radio on. a station transmitter. Because of (40 – 48 km). ject to interference as they travel from transmitter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM to receiver. distance from radio transmitter. mentary flutter or loss of sound. seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in acteristics as light. many tall buildings. Buildings. exhibiting many of the same char. characteristics of FM signals. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ences. If Multipath reception: Because of the reflective affect your radio reception. Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with station reception even if the FM station is within state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra. static or flutter can 4-10 Heater. Exter. can normally are caused by these external influences. 25 mi (40 km). with monaural (single channel) FM these characteristics. transmitter and receiver. the signals can be bounced off the Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mi hicle may influence radio reception quality. ionosphere and bent back to earth. Using a cellular phone in or near the ve.

Heater. the vehicle outside of any metal or large building ● Trying to load a CD with the CD door for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary closed could damage the CD and/or CD data. Remove the ● The player may skip while driving on ice to restore satellite radio reception AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS rough roads. Satellite radio is not available in Alaska.SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if so Compact disc (CD) player equipped) CAUTION When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced. air conditioner. disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc Satellite radio performance may be affected if or packaging. Wait insert slot.7 in (12 cm) operational then pressing the RADIO button will round discs that have the “COMPACT switch between FM and AM bands. subscription. the signal. audio and phone systems 4-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If satellite radio is not ● Only use high quality 4. and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely. Hawaii and Guam. A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can LHA0099 affect satellite radio performance. This could damage the CD more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and and/or CD changer/player. do not put cargo over the satellite midity. remove the CD antenna. No satellite radio reception is available unless ● Only one CD can be loaded into the CD there is an active XMT satellite radio service player at a time. ● The CD player sometimes cannot func- tion when the compartment tempera- ture is extremely high or low. changer. If this occurs. player may malfunction due to the hu- If possible. This is not a malfunction. the satellite radio may ● Do not force a compact disc into the CD not work properly. Decrease/increase the temperature before use. cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio ● During cold weather or rainy days.

or have abnormal edges Terms: ● This audio system can only play pre.). ● Do not expose the CD to direct sun. etc. ● MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures recorded CDs. The file is unplayable in this audio sys. This is an error due to excessive tem- ● Recordable compact discs (CD-R) ● Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency perature inside the player. prints may not work properly. can be played when the temperature of may cause the CD player to malfunc. compression removes the redundant and ● Confirm that the CD is inserted cor. air conditioner. but at a fraction of the size of following messages will be displayed. track ● CDs that are not round tem (only MP3 CD). ● ID3 tag — The ID3 tag is the part of the tion: encoded MP3 file that contains information UNPLAYABLE: ● 3. The size and quality of a compressed digital erly: PRESS EJECT: audio file is determined by the bit rate used ● Copy control compact discs (CCCD) when encoding the file. encoding bit rate. MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10:1 ratio with 4-12 Heater. dirty. MP3 light. reinsert the CD. artist. etc. The CD ● Do not use the following CDs as they conversion) per second. scratched or covered with finger. album title. CHECK DISC: virtually no perceptible loss in quality. scratched. time duration. MP3 is the record or burn CDs. warped and it is free of scratches. the player returns to normal. After are converted from analog to digital (A/D a short time. ● CDs that are warped.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter about the digital music file such as song title. irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the ● CDs that are in poor condition or are rectly (the label side is facing up. ● The following CDs may not work prop. ID3 tag information is ● CDs with a paper label displayed on the Album/Artist/Track title line Compact Disc with MP3 on the display. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . This format allows for near “CD ● If the CD cannot be played. human ear doesn’t hear. most well-known compressed digital audio file format. normal audio files. one of the quality” sound. It has no capability to Experts Group Audio Layer 3. ● Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of ● Confirm that the CD is not bent or bits per second used by a digital music file. Remove the is the rate at which the samples of a signal ● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) CD by pressing the EJECT button.

● The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. audio and phone systems 4-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . air conditioner. ● If there is a file in the top level of the disc. “ROOT” is displayed. Playback order: Playback order of the CD with compressed files (MP3) is as illustrated. WHA1090 Playback order chart Heater. the files might not play in the desired order. ● The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display. Therefore.

Romeo.3 (MP3 only) Folder levels Folder levels: 8. Apple ISO. CD-R. Version MPEG1.1. 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian). MPEG2. air conditioner. ISO9660 LEVEL2. CD-RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1. MPEG2. 05: Displayable character codes (UTF-8). VER1.48 kHz versions* Bit rate 8 kbps . audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 4-14 Heater. Max folders: 255 (including root folder). 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian) *Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played. Files: 512 Text character number limitation 31 characters 01: ASCII.Specification chart: Supported media CD. VER2.2.0. 02: ISO-8859-1. VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1. 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian). Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.320 kbps.5 Supported MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz . VER2.

Cannot play If there is a temperature increase error.Troubleshooting guide: Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly. Files with extensions other than “. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. might not match the Music cuts off or skips specifications. writing width.. audio and phone systems 4-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . writing depth. It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc. Check if there is condensation inside the player. Poor sound quality Bit rate may be too low. If there is.wma” cannot be played. Try using the slowest writing speed. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. or when play is prohibited by copyright protection. files Moves immediately to the When a non-MP3 file has been given an extension of “. The writing software and hardware combination might not match. the files might not play in the desired order. air conditioner. “. there will be approximately 5 next song when playing seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.mp3” or “. Therefore. some time may be required before the music starts playing.MP3” or “. Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data. In addition. the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.mp3”. etc.MP3”. the desired order Heater. or if it is a multisession disc. wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player. such as for high bit rate data. Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. or the writing speed. before the music starts playing. the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

If you listen to the radio with the engine not running. (CD fast forward) button 16. Station select (1 . TREBLE. (CD rewind) button Press the MENU button to change the mode as 4. TUNE/SEEK buttons 9.6) buttons MENU button (BASS. CD button 11. turn the key to the ACC position. Pressing the PWR button again turns the system off. Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase LHA0657 volume or to the left to decrease volume. CD eject button 8. then press the PWR button. 13. (CD seek/track) button ANCE and CLOCK): 3. BAL- 2. RPT button 15. PWR button and VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position. FADE. RDM button follows: 5. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . FM·AM button 12. When no CD is loaded. PWR button BAS 4-16 Heater. PRESET A·B·C button 7. MENU button 14. (CD seek/track) button FM/AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER For all operation precautions. 1. the radio comes on. air conditioner. see 9Audio opera- tion precautions9 earlier in this section. VOL control knob BAS → TRE → FAD → BAL → CLK → Audio → 6. CD insert slot 10. The mode (radio or CD) that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing.

the radio automatically changes again to return to the regular clock display. use the TUNE/SEEK button to TUNE/SEEK buttons: turn the clock display on or off. the time will reset as fol- Clock set Manual tuning lows: If the clock is not displayed with the ignition Press the or button for less than 0. the hour displayed Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies. press the MENU button repeatedly Press the FM·AM button to change from AM ←→ 6. You will be reset to 8:00. FM reception. The minutes will start flashing. Press the TUNE/SEEK button to displayed is between 8:00 and 8:29. Treble. Fader adjusts the 4. and the minutes will be reset to :00. Press the MENU but.:29. audio and phone systems 4-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .:59. the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds. Other. press 2. Use the TUNE/SEEK button to enable CLK-ON Press the or button for more than ● If the displayed minutes before the reset are 1. the Fader and Balance modes. the time will For example. if the MENU button and the the MENU button until the desired mode appears start flashing. in the range of :00 . and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers. from stereo to monaural reception. clock set mode. Press the MENU button repeatedly until before the reset will advance by one hour or high to low frequencies depending on which CLK-ON mode appears.5 seconds to seek through the frequencies. Press the TUNE/SEEK button adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level. and stops at the next broad- Heater. the display display will be reset to 9:00. air conditioner. mode. At the same time the sound level between the front and rear speakers will switch to the minute adjustment mode. 5.5 ● If the displayed minutes before the reset are switch in the ACC or ON position. the display 3. The display will return to the regular clock display The FM stereo indicator. wise. button is pressed. minutes will be reset to :00. Press the MENU button again. Resetting the time OFF is displayed. display will return to the audio. Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE/SEEK button. Press the MENU button again to exit the until the radio or CD display reappears. TUNE/SEEK button are pressed while the time in the display. or press the MENU button FM stereo reception. the hour displayed select the CLK-ON mode. in the range of :30 . Press FM/AM radio operation TUNE/SEEK button or to ad- Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the just the minutes. 1. FM·AM button: desired level. If the buttons were pressed or to adjust the hour.To adjust Bass. When the stereo broadcast Clock operation signal is weak. you need to seconds for manual tuning. illuminates during after 10 seconds. can also use the TUNE/SEEK button to adjust while the time was between 8:30 and 8:59. Press the MENU button until CLK-ON or CLK. Fade and Balance. Press the MENU button again. before the reset will stay the same and the SEEK tuning ton repeatedly until CLK-OFF mode is displayed. ST.

the radio continues in the seek on the compact disc is skipped. Programming is now or fast forwarding. played). the compact disc returns to normal play speed. RPT button: 1. turns off and the compact disc begins to play. B or C to indicate which set of disc loaded and the radio playing. (The radio mutes When the or button is pressed RDM button: when the select button is pressed. Press the PRESET A·B·C button to change CD button: between storage banks. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . it automatically button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track.) while the compact disc is playing. The radio displays When the RPT button is pressed while the com- When the CD button is pressed with a compact pact disc is being played. When is pressed. the radio turns changed as follows: presets are active. Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position. the play pattern can be the sound will resume. changed as follows: complete. Each time the the A. Press and hold any of Rewind and Fast 1 TRACK RPT: The track that is currently playing the desired station memory buttons (1 – 6) Forward buttons: will be repeated. returns to the beginning.casting station. case. The channel indicator will then come on and disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding pact disc is being played. Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning. the play pattern can be the icon A. Each time the button is pressed. Once the highest broadcasting Compact disc (CD) player operation pears in the display window. the radio memory will be canceled. Press several times to skip several tracks. off and the last used compact disc starts to play. RDM ←→ Normal 4. Other buttons can be set in the same man. or if the fuse is playing. of AM or FM stations. and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot Station memory operations: with the label side up. the CD ad- vances 1 additional track. the next track following the present opens. SEEK/TRACK buttons: RDM: Tracks from the disc that is currently play- ner. Press several 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to times to skip back several tracks. 1 TRACK RPT ←→ Normal 2. the first track is mode at the lowest broadcasting station. B and C preset button in any combination If the radio is already operating. If the battery cable is disconnected. In that one starts to play from the beginning. When is pressed while the compact disc ing will be played randomly. The track number ap- 4-18 Heater. the track being played matically pulled into the slot and starts to play. the compact When the RDM button is pressed while the com- 3. until a beep sound is heard. reset the desired stations. air conditioner. The compact disc is auto. (When the last track station is reached. When the button is released.

the compact disc will be ejected. CD IN indicator: CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on. When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded. air conditioner. When the button is pressed while the compact disc is being played. Heater. for easier CD removal. CD EJECT button: When the button is pressed with a com- pact disc loaded. the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off. audio and phone systems 4-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the compact disc will be ejected further.

Hawaii and Guam. VOL control knob 15. AUX button 17. TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button *No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XMT satellite radio service subscription is active. CD LOAD button 7. Station and CD select (1–6) buttons 14. Satellite radio can 4-20 Heater. CLOCK button 3. CD insert slot 8. CD eject button 12. PUSH PWR button 16. Satellite radio is not available in Alaska. 13. SCAN button tenna are installed and an XMT satellite radio 6. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 2. air conditioner. RADIO button* 11. SEEK/TRACK/FILE button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio 4. RPT/RDM button 19. PRESET A·B·C button 9. AUDIO button service subscription is active. CD button 10. AUX IN jack 18. SCRL button stations unless optional satellite receiver and an- 5. FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER LHA0659 For all operation precautions. DISP button tion precautions9 earlier in this section. see 9Audio opera- 1. Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre-wired for satellite radio.

Fade adjusts the sound level between the front Audio main operation and rear speakers. Hawaii and Guam. To change the Beep to ON or OFF. press the AUDIO button repeatedly FM stations. MID or 4. CD or MP3 and SAT (satellite. The time will start flashing. Balance and Fade. audio and phone systems 4-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . TREBLE. call up the mode (radio or CD) which was playing The display will return to the regular clock display immediately before the system was turned off. Balance adjusts the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button or available in Alaska. press the DISP button. Other. or you may press the CLOCK TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button up or down. Press and hold the CLOCK button until it the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap. The audio volume desired level. FM display mode reappear after about 10 seconds. ton up or down. press ● Station call number displays the radio fre- 1. Press the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button or to adjust the minutes. BALANCE. Press the CLOCK button again to exit the Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON.only be installed in vehicles that were factory the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button to adjust 2. beeps for more than 1. as follows: Station call number → Program type → Bass → Station information → Station call number. ● Program type displays the type or category TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button to adjust Bass of radio station. quency number of the station. LOW. Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the The DISP (display) button will show text about sitive Volume (SSV) for audio. press the after 10 seconds. DISP (display) button: This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen. and Treble to the desired level. air conditioner. PWR and VOL control: To change the SSV mode to OFF. if so changes as the driving speed changes. To turn the system off. The DISP Bass → Treble → Balance → Fade → SPD VOL with the radio on or off. until the radio or CD display reappears. FADE.5 seconds to enter pears in the display. Press the the clock set mode. and then HIGH. Treble. press the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER but- press the PWR button while the system is off to clock set mode. This will enable or disable the beep sound heard Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. equipped) information in the audio display. the radio or CD display will automatically AUDIO button (BASS. during menu selection. sound between the right and left speakers and to adjust the hours. You can also use Heater. Satellite radio is not Balance and Fade modes. press the PWR button. Press the CLOCK button button will allow you to change RDS information (SSV if so equipped) → Beep ON/OFF → Audio again to turn off the clock display. 3. Press the pre-wired for satellite radio. button again to return to the regular clock display. wise. SSV and BEEP): To change the text displayed while listening to an Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as Clock operation FM station that broadcasts with Radio Data Sys- follows: Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock tem (RDS). Clock set To adjust Bass.

The DISP button Title ←→ Current display mode. or temperature of the selected satel- CD track. after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the with text. ● Disc title displays the disc name of the CD ● Name mode displays the name of the artist. press the DISP button. of the track and the name. Once the display mode is CD display mode selected press the AUDIO button again to store ● Folder number and title displays the number the setting. If the AUDIO button is not pressed To change the text displayed while playing a CD of the folder and the name. The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows: Name ←→ CD/MP3 text that is too long to be displayed on used). The DISP button ● Album title displays the album name of the last selected display mode setting. MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to SCRL (Scroll) button: To change the text displayed when listening to an satellite radio (if so equipped) press the DISP Press the SCRL button to scroll through MP3 with MP3 text (when CD with text is being button. will scroll through the CD text as follows: Track number and Track time ←→ Folder number and 4-22 Heater. ● Song title displays the song name of the ● Channel name mode displays the channel track playing. playing host or weather condition of the selected ● Disc title displays the title of the CD being ● Track number and title displays the number satellite radio station. show ● Track title displays the title of the selected Display satellite radio display mode (if so name. name of the selected satellite radio station. ● Artist title displays the artist name of the number of the selected satellite radio sta- track playing. TUNE button to select the following display For additional information. tion. equipped) lite radio station. ● Title mode displays the song title. see “Radio data sys- ● Track number and time displays the number modes: Channel number ←→ Channel name tem (RDS)” later in this section. the first line of the display. ←→ Name ←→ Title. ● Track time displays the amount of time the track has played. played. air conditioner. ● Channel number mode displays the channel Track number and Track title. of the track and how long it has been playing. ● Track number displays the number selected on the disc. ● Station information displays information the Folder title ←→ Album title ←→ Artist title ←→ To change the default display mode press the radio station wants to broadcast. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows: Track number and Track time ←→ Disc title ←→ track playing. press the DISP button. Song title ←→ Disc title ←→ Track number and AUDIO button to display mode and press the Track title.

5 seconds. opens. RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio 3. Satellite radio can high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station. audio and phone systems 4-23 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . or if the fuse matically be turned off and the last radio station Press the SCAN button for more than 1. Press and hold any tenna are installed and an XMT satellite radio of the desired station memory buttons (1 – service subscription is active. radio will come on at the station last played. The channel indicator will then come on and available in Alaska. seconds. stations on the FM band (not AM band). If the RDS stands for Radio Data System. AM or AM ←→ FM ←→ SAT (satellite. Satellite radio is not To seek quickly through the channels. the radio will automatically change SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds. To move quickly through the channels. SCAN tuning moves to the next station. information service transmitted by some radio from stereo to monaural reception. AM or SAT station SEEK/TRACK/FILE No satellite radio reception is available when the tuning: band. 5. B and C as follows: TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button or . Select the desired FM. B or C using the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO SCAN tuning: button is pressed. the used to toggle between AM and FM bands. When the button is released.5 sec. 1. PRESET A·B·C select button. the compact disc will auto. Choose preset bank A. air conditioner. and is a data signal is weak. If satellite hold the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button for more than the sound will resume. hold either When the RADIO button is pressed while the the or button down for more than 1. Other buttons can be set in the same man- ner. Programming is now radio is not operational then the RADIO button is complete. onds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 case. Pressing the button again during this 5 The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM second period will stop SCAN tuning and the Radio data system (RDS): stereo reception. preset button in any combination of FM. 6) until a beep sound is heard. the radio memory will be canceled. When the stereo broadcast radio will remain tuned to that station. if so equipped) SAT stations. the 1. Tune to the desired station using manual. 2. press the 18 stations can be set for the FM.5 seconds. stations unless optional satellite receiver and an. If the battery cable is disconnected. if so equipped) radio to the A. In that played will come on. AM and SAT Pressing the RADIO button will change the band (satellite.FM/AM/SAT radio operation TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER PRESET A·B·C (Station memory opera- (Tuning): tions): FM/AM/SAT band select: To manually tune the radio. Cur- Heater. only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre-wired for satellite radio. Hawaii and Guam. Press the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button or for less than 1. reset the desired stations. radio will seek to the next broadcasting station.5 seconds to tune from SEEK or SCAN tuning. press and 4.

5 seconds while the compact disc is playing. To insert a CD in the CD changer. 1. When the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button is To fast forward or rewind through an audio track. The compact disc will be will automatically be turned off and the compact guided automatically into the slot and start play- disc will start to play. ● Music or programming type such as “Clas. “Country”. onds. sical”. Press ● Station call sign. If the station broadcasts RDS information.3”.) When the CD button is pressed with the com- and insert the compact disc into the slot with the pact disc loaded with the radio playing. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . air conditioner. (When the last track on the Compact disc (CD) changer operation compact disc is skipped through. pact disc will return to normal play speed. To insert the disc. press the the button is pressed. The RDS icon is displayed. If the system has been turned off while the com. press the ing. compact disc will go back the number of times To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer. first press the but- ton. load button for more than 1. Do not use 3. but LOAD button: SEEK/TRACK/FILE: many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data. such as “The Groove”. Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position will be played.rently. Select 1. The slot numbers (1 – 6) will illuminate on the When the button is pressed for less than display when CDs are loaded into the changer. the CD button: Press several times to skip through tracks. press the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER pressed. the system will the button is pressed. or “Rock”. the com. ● Artist and song information. 4-24 Heater. pressing the PWR button while the compact disc is being played. such as “WHFR 98. the com- in the CD changer. the radio TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER: label side facing up. the the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select track being played returns to its beginning. then insert the CD. folders.5 seconds while a compact disc is playing. button or for more than 1. When the CD button is pressed with the system compact disc will advance the number of times off and the compact disc loaded. press the load When the button is pressed for less than RDS can display: button for less than 1. button (1 – 6). several times to skip back through tracks. most RDS stations are in large cities. While playing a CD with MP3s. TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button or (Fast Forward and to scan forward or backward through available If the radio is already operating. it will automati.5 seconds. pact disc will play while fast forwarding or re.1 in (8 cm) diameter compact discs winding . The ● Station name. (fast forward) or (rewind) pact disc was playing. the first track turn on and the compact disc will start to play. Rewind): cally turn off and the compact disc will play. the next track will start to play from its beginning. When the button is released.5 sec- will start the compact disc.5 seconds.

press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each track on RDM DISC: Tracks from the disc that is currently Current disc: the current CD playing. Pressing the button again dur. removal. changed as follows: RDM ALL DISC: Tracks from all discs will be When this button is pressed while the compact played randomly. then press the button. only if more than 1 disc is loaded into MP3 compact disc is played. playing will be played randomly. with no special play pattern enabled. the disc will reload. or the button is RPT FOLDER: The folder selected that is cur. MP3 RPT/RDM mode: onds to preview 10 seconds of the first track on ● When the button is pressed twice.5 seconds. only. The slot numbers (1 – 6) will illuminate if CDs RPT TRACK: The track that is currently playing RPT ALL DISC: All discs will be played normally. ing this 10 second period will stop the scan and the CD that was being previewed will remain on RPT DISC → RPT FOLDER → RPT TRACK → All discs: and will continue the regular playback. If the disc is not removed within 15 be changed as follows: seconds. ton during this 10 second period stops the scan RPT ALL DISC: All discs will be played normally. the entire disc eject sequence will be can- When the RPT/RDM button is pressed while the RPT TRACK: The track that is currently playing celed. the play pattern can the CD changer. the compact disc will eject RPT DISC → RPT TRACK → RDM ALL DISC → and the last source will be played. RDM DISC: The discs loaded into the CD RDM DISC → RPT ALL DISC → RPT DISC changer will be selected randomly. RPT/RDM button: rently playing will be repeated. Heater. audio and phone systems 4-25 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . played randomly. Press the SCAN button for more than 1. pressed again during the eject sequence. Pressing the SCAN but. air conditioner. disc. the play pattern can be will be repeated. When the RPT/RDM button is pressed while an the CD will be ejected further for easier CD each disc. CD IN indicator: RPT DISC: The disc that is currently playing will RDM FOLDER: The folders on the disc will be be repeated. ● Press the slot number (1 – 6) for the desired and the CD remains on that track. If a disc is not removed CD select button (1 – 6). within 15 seconds. have been loaded into the changer in CD mode will be repeated.5 sec. press a RPT DISC: The disc that is currently playing will ejected one by one. The compact discs will be To play another CD that has been loaded. While listening to a CD. RDM ALL DISC → RDM DISC → RDM FOLDER → RPT ALL DISC → RPT DISC ● Press and hold the button for more CD select buttons: than 1. with no special play pattern enabled. The com- pact disc will be ejected. be repeated.SCAN button: RDM ALL DISC: Tracks from all discs will be EJECT button: played randomly. disc is being played. compact disc is played.

log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING ● Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the surface of the disc. The rubbing the inner and outer edges with the AUX audio input jack accepts any standard ana- side of a pen or pencil as illustrated. 4-26 Heater.AUX (Auxiliary) button: ● A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. air conditioner. wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean. ● To clean a disc. soft cloth. Remove the rough edges by The AUX jack is located on the CD player. Do not bend the disc. ● Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used. ● Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use. MP3 player or a laptop com- puter. Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX jack.

Push the tuning switch or for less 1. push the tuning switch or SOURCE select switch: for less than 1. Heater. POWER on and SOURCE select select one of the preset radio stations (1–6). While in one of the preset radio station banks (A. audio and phone systems 4-27 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 2.5 seconds to seek the next or previous plugged in.5 seconds to change the playing disc up decrease the volume.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the While in one of the preset radio station banks (A. push the SOURCE select switch to radio station. POWER on switch Tuning With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position. push the POWER switch to turn the Memory change (radio): audio system on. B or C). Phone operation switch B or C). Push the tuning switch or for more With a CD inserted and an auxiliary device than 1. Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or Push the tuning switch or for more STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR than 1. change the mode in the following sequence: CD → AUX → PRESET A → PRESET B → PRESET Next/Previous track (CD): WHA0785 C → CD. Tuning switch than 1. Push 3. The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel. several times to skip back or skip through tracks. AUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped) or down. switch Volume control switch Change disc (CD) (if so equipped): 4.5 seconds to change to the next Push the SOURCE select switch to change the preset station in memory. use the tuning switch or to present track or skip to the next track. air conditioner. mode in the following sequence: PRESET A → Seek tuning (radio): PRESET B → PRESET C → PRESET A.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO The antenna cannot be shortened. air conditioner. Some juris- rod during installation or the antenna dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele- rod may break during vehicle operation. 4-28 Heater. lar phone operational mode (if so ● Be sure to fold down the antenna be. be sure to observe the following remove the antenna. ham radio or car phone in folded down or removed. full attention may be given to vehicle operation. ANTENNA The antenna should be placed in the rearward position s 1 for maximum radio reception. but can be When installing a CB. turn the antenna rod clockwise s A and hand tighten. phones while driving. turn the antenna rod coun. To install the antenna rod. adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes. equipped) is highly recommended. WARNING CAUTION ● A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be ● Always properly tighten the antenna given to vehicle operation. the hands free cellu- car wash. otherwise the new equipment may terclockwise s B. When you need to your NISSAN. Ex- fore the vehicle enters a garage with a ercise extreme caution at all times so low ceiling. pull off the road to a safe location and stop your LHA0708 vehicle before doing so. ● Be sure that the antenna is removed ● If you must make a call while your ve- before the vehicle enters an automatic hicle is in motion. precautions.

(20 cm) away from the electronic con- trol system harnesses. as recommended by the manufacturer. Heater. phone while driving. If you have to use a modules. consult a NISSAN dealer. audio and phone systems 4-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . air conditioner. ● Use a phone after stopping your vehicle sible from the electronic control in a safe location. BLUETOOTHT HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM (if so equipped) CAUTION WARNING ● Keep the antenna as far away as pos. to vehicle operation while talking on the phone. exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may ● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in be given to vehicle operation. use a phone after starting the engine. pull off the road to a safe ● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio location and stop your vehicle. To avoid discharging the vehicle battery. ● Connect the ground wire from the CB CAUTION radio chassis to the body. Do not route the ● If you are unable to devote full attention antenna wire next to any harness. ● For details.

audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . air conditioner. You can register up to 5 different BluetoothT cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. garage. as in a tunnel. near a tall building or in a moun- With BluetoothT wireless technology. Before using the BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone System.nissanusa. Hands-Free Phone System. your cellular phone in the vehicle. proved BluetoothT enabled cellular phone. refer to the following notes. difficult to receive a cellular signal. such can set up the wireless connection between your vehicle phone module. no other phone connect. ing procedure is required. Your phone is auto. ● Some BluetoothT enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module. you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time. you – Your vehicle is in an area where it is Once your cellular phone is paired to the in.com/bluetooth for a recom- mended phone list and pairing. However. module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle. ● You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions: WHA0786 – Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser- Your NISSAN is equipped with the BluetoothT make or receive a hands-free telephone call with vice area. Please visit www. If you have an ap. in an underground parking cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. 4-30 Heater. ● Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the hands-free phone system. you can matically connected with the in-vehicle phone tainous area.

use only the USING THE SYSTEM surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone supplied antenna. When the ignition switch is turned to the ON cellular phones. ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer. or ambient sound is too loud. audio and phone systems 4-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . U. not be available so full attention may be given to ditions: vehicle operation. air conditioner. see “Troubleshooting guide” IC Regulatory information the amber light on the overhead console illumi- later in this section. including interference that may and will not react to voice commands. The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows quality degradation and wireless connection modification. and licensed to ing a call. some commands may the BluetoothT wireless connection. commands. This device may not cause interference and Initialization Hands-Free Phone System cannot charge 2. regarding the telephone charges. If the button is pressed before shooting help. which takes a few seconds. position. NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized. – Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it ● Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual from being dialed. System. You can also visit nates and the system is ready to accept voice www. FCC Regulatory information Visteon. and (2) this device must accept any nounce “Hands-free phone system not ready” ● Some cellular phones or other devices may interference. cellular BLUETOOTHt is a phone antenna and body. it may be REGULATORY INFORMATION difficult to hear the other person’s voice dur. cause interference or a buzzing noise to cause undesired operation of the device. etc.S. tions. the transmitter and may violate FCC regula.nissanusa. Unauthorized antenna. The BluetoothT 1. the bat. ● If the hands-free phone system seems to be desired operation of the device. – Operation is subject to the following two con. Causing Equipment Regulations. When completed. – Operation is subject to the following two con. malfunctioning. this device must accept any interference.. Stor- – This Class B digital apparatus meets all re- ing the device in a different location may quirements of the Canadian Interference- reduce or eliminate the noise. ● Do not place the cellular phone in an area – CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC’s RF exposure guidelines. Inc. tery power of the cellular phone may dis- charge quicker than usual.A. the initialization completes. the system will an- ence. come from the audio system speakers. including interference that may cause un. Heater. or attachments could damage hands-free operation of the BluetoothT Phone disruption. ● While a cellular phone is connected through If the vehicle is in motion. trademark owned by ● When the radio wave condition is not ideal Bluetooth SIG.com/bluetooth for trouble.

Operating tips ● If you need to hear the available commands ● Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”. and voice feedback is given when the NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain prompts you to enter more. etc. after the tone sounds. After the tone sounds. ● Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a tion” any time the system is waiting for a command. and also press the button on the steering between words. press the volume control switches steering wheel. Giving voice commands indicate you have exited the system. tering digits. Refer command is accepted. vibration clear voice. speak a command. air conditioner. observe the following: – “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh ● If a command is not recognized. Otherwise. Close the windows to eliminate Please try again. You can ● Speak in a natural voice without pausing two hundred. way to speak numbers in voice commands. To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition. ● If you want to go back to the previous com.” The system announces – NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty “Cancel” and ends the VR session. say “Help” and To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Example: 1-800-662-6200 the system will repeat them. oh”. 4-32 Heater. for the current menu again. places only. a double beep is played to hundred. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Example: 1-800-662-6200 be received properly. “Command not recognized. the radio volume control knob. ● If you want to adjust the volume of the voice The system will prompt you to continue en- and release the button located on the feedback. The light on the overhead con. oh” sounds. – “One eight zero zero” How to say numbers The command given is picked up by the micro. if desired. Voice Recognition system. the system ● Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as oh”. you can say “Go back” or “Correc. the command will not response.” Repeat the command in a – “One eight zero zero six six two six two oh surrounding noises (traffic noises. wheel at any time.). press ● Numbers can be spoken in small groups. Whenever the VR session – NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty two is cancelled. possible. – “One eight hundred six six two six two oh ● You can cancel a command when the sys- ● Start speaking a command within 5 seconds tem is waiting for a response by saying. – “six six two” to the following rules and examples. (+ or -) on the steering wheel while being sole flashes to signal you have entered a voice provided with feedback. “Cancel” or “Quit. You can also use Example: 1-800-662-6200 recognition (VR) session. The system repeats the numbers and phone. ● Words can be used for the first 4 digits mand. which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly. or announces.

commands” later in this section. WHA0787 at any time in any position of the phone number. Free Phone System are located on the steering than 5 seconds. The control buttons for the BluetoothT Hands. audio and phone systems 4-33 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . section. Press and hold the button for more tional” later in this section for more information. See “List of voice commands” and “Interna. air conditioner. skip through system feedback and to 3. Example: 1-555-1212 *123 wheel. say phone numbers as single digits. System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Please use the “Help” command to get “Speaker adaptation (SA) mode” later in this information on how to use the system. For ad- ● Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using ditional command options. GETTING STARTED able when using the “Call International” The following procedures will help you get command and the “Send” command during started using the BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone a call). CONTROL BUTTONS To change the language. refer to “List of voice the “Call International” command).” For best results. The system repeats the numbers and PHONE/END prompts you to enter more. Spanish or French. Say “star” for “*” (avail. Heater. See “List The voice command “Help” is available at any of voice commands” and “During a call” For information on speaker adaptation. perform the following. Press the button. The system announces: “Press the PHONE/SEND PHONE/SEND ( ) button for the – “One five five five one two one two star one two three” Press the button to initiate a VR hands-free phone system to enter the session or answer an incoming call. see time. 2. ● Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (available Choosing a language only when storing a phone book number). You can interact with the BluetoothT Hands-Free ● You can say “star” for “*” and “pound” for “#” Phone System using English. speaker adaptation mode or press the NOTE: PHONE/END ( ) button to select a dif- You can also use the button to ferent language. ● Say “pound” for “#”. enter commands during a call. later in this section for more information. 1. Press the button to cancel a VR – “six two zero zero” session or end a call.

“Setup” s A lular phones. enter (PHONE/SEND) (PHONE/END) language to select to select “New phone” s C “1234” from the handset. Manual for details. The system acknowledges the name sounds too much like a name the command and announces the next set of already used. Spanish English French Name phone s E 5. If the vehicle varies according to each cellular phone NOTE: starts moving during the procedure. If you decide not to change the language. The system acknowl- and gives you the option to change the lan. The pairing procedure must be performed The pairing procedure of the cellular phone when the vehicle is stationary. Use the following chart to select the language. Say: “New phone” s C . Say: “Pair phone” s B . The system announces the current language Pairing procedure 4.com/bluetooth for instruc- the button within 5 seconds to Main Menu tions on pairing NISSAN recommended cel- change the language. The system asks you to say a name for the French English Spanish Assign priority s F phone sE . The Passkey code Initiate from handset s D “1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and English Spanish French cannot be changed. Also. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Press the button on the steering system tells you. See the cellular phone Owner’s procedure will be cancelled. Current Press Press “Pair phone” s B When prompted for a Passkey code. 5. then available commands. edges the command and asks you to initiate guage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French (in NOTE: pairing from the phone handset sD. Say: “Setup” s A . The system announces the available not be changed. The system acknowl- edges the command and announces the next set of available commands. air conditioner. You can also visit You must press the button or www. After 5 seconds. commands. the model. do Choose ringtone s G If the name is too long or too short. and the language will wheel. name again. the 1. 3.nissanusa. if more than one phone is paired and 2. French). 4-34 Heater. the not press either button. the system tells you. then prompts you for a VR session will end. 4. prompts you for a name again.

Follow the instruc. Heater. then “one two LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS a custom ring tone s G . the steering wheel. audio and phone systems 4-35 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Follow phone number. The system acknowledges When you press and release the button on “Call” s A the command and makes the call. When you hear the ring tone. The system will ask if you would like to select five five” as the 1st group. on the steering wheel. The system acknowledges button on the steering wheel. air conditioner. try entering the number in on the steering wheel. press the 2. refer to “Setup” later in this section for more 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. see “List of information on changing priorities. Making a call by entering a phone “Phone Book” 4. The priority level determines which the area code in single digit format sB . ample. you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu. Once the call has ended. mands in each sub-menu. For additional command options. See “How to say numbers” earlier “Call” or “Call International” in this section for more information. 10 digits or any special character. The system asks you to assign a priority level 3. see “List of pages describe these commands and the com- “Dial” s C voice commands” later in this section. When you have finished speaking the phone number “Memo Pad” number. Main Menu mation on selecting ringtones. Say: “Call” sA . 555-121-3354 can be said as “five voice commands” later in this section. Press the button on steering wheel. For dialing more than “Setup” later in this section for more infor. 1. For ex. the instructions provided by the system or the following groups: 3-digit area code. Say: “Dial” s C . say “Inter. The following Number (speak digits) s B For additional command options. Say: “Call International” to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters. national”. speaking. 6. A Receiving a call Remember to wait for the tone before tone will sound. the system repeats it back and an- nounces the available commands. If the If you do not wish to take the call when you phone is active when more than one paired system has trouble recognizing the correct hear the ring tone. one” as the 2nd group and “three three five tions provided by the system or refer to for” as the 3rd group. press the button for a response. press the button BluetoothT phone is in the vehicle. You can say “Help” to hear the list of commands the command and announces the next set of currently available any time the system is waiting available commands. Say the number you wish to call starting with NOTE: sF . 7. “Setup” Main Menu 5.

you dialed by the handset keypad. tion. If a call back number does not exist. say the number end the VR session. The system acknowledges the command. “Call” Number (speak digits) s B you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at any time the system is waiting for a response. the system system is waiting for a response from you it will announces. you have exited the system. if you press the button when the how to store entries. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . peats the number and begins dialing. The system acknowledges the name. “Redial” s C that was dialed within the vehicle. peats the number and begins dialing. the system asks you to choose the loca. If a redial number does not exist. The system acknowledges the command. air conditioner. Whenever the VR session is you wish to call. See “Phone book” later in this section to learn However. the phone book entry you wish to call. you can say “Go back” or “Correction” any time Number (speak digits) s B Use the Redial command to call the last number the system is waiting for a response.” If you have stored entries in the Phone Book. you can skip ahead to the tone by location. “Call back” s D If there are multiple locations associated with the Use the Call Back command to dial the number of name. re- pressing the button on the steering wheel. “There is no number to redial” and end the VR session. When you get used to the menus in the system. the system announces. Refer to “How to say numbers” Main Menu cancelled. For example. When prompted by the system. can dial a number associated with a name and sponses. the system begins the call. re- Once you have confirmed the name and location. “Call Back” s D you can talk ahead by saying more than one NOTE: command at a time. “Call five Name (speak name) s A The system will not redial the last number five five one two one two” or “Memo pad record. 4-36 Heater.If you want to end an action without completing it. The system will When prompted by the system. when you get used to the system re. “There is no number to call back” and ends the VR session. say the name of ends the VR session. say. a double beep is played to indicate and “Making a call by entering a phone number” “Call” or “Call International” earlier in this section for more details. Also. the last incoming call within the vehicle. Name (speak name) s A “Redial” s C If you want to go back to the previous command.

Call “Delete” s ● “Help” — The system announces the avail.” ends the VR session mand again to return to a hands-free call phone paired with the system.” The system able commands. The system then ends the VR ses. NOTE: Use the mute command again to unmute ● “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send your voice. through the vehicle. “*” or “#” during book. The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each You can also issue the Transfer Call com- nounces “Go back. network connection is lost while the Mute “New entry” s A feature is on. mands. Phone book commands are not available will prompt you to speak the number. For example. Each phone has its own separate phone command to enter numbers. “Transfer call. Each name can and returns to the call. ● “Go back/Correction” — The system an. to the call. “Edit” s B The system announces. name in the system. please say “international”. ● “Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute “Cancel. the system numbers. You cannot access Phone A’s phone a call. “List Names” s D then ends the VR session. Say “pound” for “#”.” “Phone book” For dialing more than 10 digits or any special The system acknowledges the command character. C transferred to privacy mode. if you were directed to NOTE: book if you are currently connected with dial an extension by an automated system: If a call is ended or the cellular phone Phone B. have up to 4 locations/phone numbers associ- ● “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces ated with it.” ends the VR session and returns your voice so the other party cannot hear it. Say “star” for “*”. sion and returns to the call. air conditioner.International Say: “Send one two three four. audio and phone systems 4-37 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . During a call Main Menu ● “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call com- During a call there are several command options “Phone Book” mand to transfer the call from the BluetoothT available. Heater. Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com- Hands-Free Phone System to the cellular “New Entry” s A phone when privacy is desired. When the and sends the tones associated with the NOTE: system acknowledges the command. the Mute feature will be reset to “off” for the next call so the other party Use the New Entry command to store a new can hear your voice. when the vehicle is moving.

say the name of The system repeats the number and prompts you phone’s memory: the entry you wish to edit. Office. You can also visit For example. tells you. When you have finished confirm it is correct. already stored. say: “five five five one two one two. phone via the BluetoothT communication link. for the next command. then prompts ” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this section recommended cellular phones. then announces that the entry has been from the phone handset.” The system acknowledges For example. When you have finished entering numbers.When prompted by the system. See the cellular phone Owner’s stored in the cellular phone’s memory. To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular When prompted by the system. number to an existing entry.” The transfer procedure varies according to each to transfer a phone number (if so equipped) If the name is too long or too short. Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone www. choose (Home. You can also visit Enter a phone number by voice command: www. If you phone via the BluetoothT communication link. location and The system acknowledges the location. the system stored in the cellular phone’s memory. for more information. air conditioner.” Say “Transfer entry. if the name sounds too much like a name on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN For example.nissanusa. would like to give the new entry. the system cellular phone. “Store. the system tells you. number. say: “Mary.” Say “Transfer entry. then prompts you for a name again. say: “five five five one two one two. say: “Home.nissanusa. ends the VR session. to transfer a phone number (if so equipped) do not wish to store another location. The system then asks if you would like to The system will ask you to say a phone number or number will be transferred from the cellular store another location for the same name. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .com/bluetooth for instructions Also. say the name you number will be transferred from the cellular The system acknowledges the location. you for a name again. stored. The system repeats the number and prompts you Once the system accepts the name and you To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular for the next command. 4-38 Heater. The system then ends the VR session. recommended cellular phones. choose “Store. 3rd or 4th phone on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN for more information.” the command and asks you to initiate the transfer The system confirms the name.com/bluetooth for instructions ” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this section book entry or to add a 2nd. The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone. The system will ask you to say a phone number or For example. Mobile or Other). The new contact phone number. The new contact phone Say the name of the location. the system asks for a location phone’s memory: entering numbers or transferring an entry. from the phone handset.” The system acknowledges The system acknowledges the name and asks The system confirms the name. See the cellular phone Owner’s Enter a phone number by voice command: “Edit” s B Manual for details. Manual for details. location and the command and asks you to initiate the transfer you for the location you would like to edit.

the system an- To delete entries from the phone book. If there is no number for the entry you are trying to “Pair Phone” s A delete. each up to 20 seconds long.“Delete” s C You can stop the playback of the list at any time “Play” s B by pressing the button on the steering Use the Delete command to erase one entry from The system plays back all the memos in the order wheel. ends the VR session. If there are no memos recorded. “Select Phone” s C “List names” s D A tone sounds and the system announces “Change Priority” s D Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book. the “Record” s A system deletes them without asking for confirma. tem. “Memo recorded. If a redial number or a call back number exists. The system ends the VR session. Main Menu tion. air conditioner. If the memo pad is full.” The system Main Menu name or “All entries” when prompted by the sys. say a nounces “No messages to play. the system says so and ends the VR Speak the information you wish to record clearly. number. the phone book. The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice ber” when prompted by the system. number. When you are done. say “redial number” or “call back num. The system ends the VR the current redial number or the current call back “Memo pad” session. “Memo Pad” “Delete” s C The system acknowledges the command and “Record” s A “Play” s B The Delete command erases all memos. “Setup” memos. audio and phone systems 4-39 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . signaling you to begin. system asks you to confirm this action before To delete the current redial number or call back “Delete” s C deleting all memos. press the or “List Phone” s B button on the steering wheel. session. The asks you to confirm the deletion. Heater. system goes back to the main menu. The system announces “Recording” and a tone “Setup” sounds. of newest to oldest. “Select Ringtone” s F The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers.” Another tone sounds to end “Delete Phone” s E the VR session. the system asks if you wish “Bluetooth Off” s G When the playback of the list is complete. the to record over the oldest memo. all entries from the phone book.

NOTE: The system states the priority level of the active ● “List phone” – See the description below.Use the Setup command to change options as. Priority Level 3 = Phone A When prompted by the system. Priority Level 1 = Phone C The system asks you to name the phone and The pairing procedure will then be cancelled. “Pair phone” s A Once you say the name of the phone you The priority level determines which phone is ac- wish to replace. air conditioner. phone of lesser priority when two or more phones and you change the priority level of Phone C to If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired with BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone Sys- Level 1. phone is in the vehicle. this section. the system announces that you must “Select phone” s C Priority Level 2 = Phone B first delete one phone or replace an existing Use the Select Phone command to select a Priority Level 3 = Phone C phone. If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure. ● “Replace phone” — The system announces “Change priority” s D sociated with the BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone the names of the phones already paired and Use the Change Priority command to change the System. Hands-Free Phone System. Refer to “Pairing procedure” earlier in the BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone System. the Use the List Phone command to hear the names If the new priority level is already being used for procedure will be cancelled. choose from the Once the selection is confirmed. for additional information. the pairing procedure will Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to tive when more than one paired BluetoothT begin. the two phones will swap priority “Pairing procedure” earlier in this section paired. the system an. priority level of the active phone. If no phones are another phone. then: paired to your vehicle’s system. see of the phones currently paired. when the vehicle is stationary. tem are in the vehicle at the same time. “No paired levels. Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the BluetoothT earlier in this section. the system announces. Up to 5 phones can be paired. 4. Priority Level 2 = Phone B confirm the selection. asks which you would like to replace. 2. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . phone and asks for a new priority level (1. 4-40 Heater.” The system then ends the VR For example. Also. the selected following commands: “Delete phone” s E phone remains active until the ignition switch is ● “New phone” — Refer to “Pairing a phone” turned OFF or you select a new phone. if the current priority levels are: session. nounces the name the phone is already using. 3. The pairing procedure must be performed “List phone” s B 5). phones to list. If you try to pair a Priority Level 1 = Phone A sixth phone.

Follow the instructions pro- If you say “No”. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet already paired with the system and their priority outdoor location. ferent language.The system announces the names of the phones “Bluetooth off” s G 1. 2. 4. use memory B to store the model. their own voice that is stored in the system. PHONE/END ( ) button to select a dif- “Select ringtone” s F dialect users to train the system to improve rec. The SA mode will be explained. see “Choosing a language” earlier in The system announces the name of the active adaptation model for memory A and memory B. (Neutral) (MT models). received. Follow the your wish to disable the ringtone. Press the button. this section. the press the button. than 5 seconds. Heater. you the system asks you to confirm this action. If both of the overwrite one. all phones or listen to the ning. and the transmis- list again. the system will prompt you to and asks if you would like to select that tone. the system will already in use. When preparation is complete and you are quit. the system will ask vided by the system. The For information on selecting a different lan- system is capable of storing a different speaker guage. If memory A is in automatically. The system then gives you the option to BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone System. Voice memory A or memory B is selected memory A to store the model. Training procedure ● “Silent” — The system asks you to confirm 8. the parking brake on. ringtone available and continues to cycle the user to select which memory location should through the ringtones until you select one or be overwritten. If both memory locations are ● “Ringtone” — The system plays a ringtone use and memory B is available. 7. air conditioner.” Use the Select Ringtone command to select the ognition accuracy. the associated PHONE/SEND ( ) button for the phone book for that phone will also be SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE hands-free phone system to enter the deleted. speaker adaptation mode or press the Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of. phone and asks you to choose from the following commands: If memory A is available. By repeating a number of tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is commands. instructions provided by the system. the system will use 6. When the BluetoothT Hands-Free Phone Sys- sion in P (Park) (AT and CVT models) or N tem is off. NOTE: You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup. Press and hold the button for more will not have access to the Phone Book. The procedure for training a voice is as follows. Also. the users can create a voice model of 5. 3. audio and phone systems 4-41 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the level. The system announces: “Press the When you delete a phone. calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition. you will not be able to make or receive Once you choose to delete a phone or all phones. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine run- delete a specific phone. the system plays the next memory locations are in use. ready to begin.

● call seven two four zero nine ● phone book list names 10. The system will ask you to say your name. air conditioner. ● setup change priority ● go back Training phrases ● call three one nine oh two ● call five six two eight zero During the SA mode. ● dial nine seven two six six ● dial eight five six nine two ● The vehicle begins moving during SA mode. the system instructs the ● nine seven pause pause three oh eight trainer to say the following phrases. Follow the instructions to register your ● phone book delete entry ● call eight oh five four one name. The system will announce that speaker ad. ● memo pad delete ● Bluetooth on ● The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or ● call seven six three oh one LOCK position. ● Yes ● dial seven four oh one eight The SA mode will stop if: ● No ● setup main menu ● The button is pressed for more than 5 ● select ring tone ● Delete seconds in SA mode. the system will tell ● eight pause nine three two pause seven ● four three pause two nine pause zero you an adequate number of phrases have ● delete all entries ● delete redial number been recorded. When training is finished. (The system ● dial six six four three seven ● Cancel will prompt you for each phrase. 9. ● setup change ring tone ● dial star two one seven oh aptation has been completed and the sys- tem is ready. audio and phone systems Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● Correction ● memo pad record 11.) ● call back number ● phone book new entry ● call star two zero nine five ● dial three oh four two nine ● delete phone ● delete call back number ● dial eight three zero five one ● setup pair phone ● memo pad play ● Home 4-42 Heater.

NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone. air conditioner. Symptom Solution 1. try saying the commands separately. 3. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands. See “Phone book” earlier in this section. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If more than one command was said at a time. until the problem is resolved. System fails to interpret the command correctly. 2. If problems are en- countered. Where the solutions are listed by number. Ensure that the command is valid. 6. This can be confirmed by The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the using the “List Names” command. it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized. phone book. 1. windows open or defroster on). See “Speaker adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section. try each solution in turn. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle. try the following solutions. starting with number 1. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section. audio and phone systems 4-43 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 4. the voice training procedure should be carried out to im- prove the recognition response for the speaker. 5. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone. 2. Heater.

air conditioner. audio and phone systems .MEMO 4-44 Heater.

. . . . . . 5-29 Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 (if so equipped) . . 5-11 Anti-freeze . 5-24 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Driving on snow or ice . 5-30 Manual transmission (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Battery . 5-30 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Brake system . . . 5-29 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Intelligent Key System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Ignition switch. 5-10 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . 5-25 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Automatic transmission (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . 5-2 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Cruise control operations. . . . 5-28 Key positions . . . . . . .

entering the vehicle. death. You have had an accident involving people or animals. 5-2 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Exhaust seatback and trunk lid securely latched ● Keep the trunk or the rear hatch closed gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at when not in use. Turn the air recirculation mode off exhaust system components. inspected immediately. damage to the exhaust system. on hot. 2. could be drawn into the passenger ● Properly secure all cargo to help pre. You suspect that exhaust fumes are could accidentally injure themselves or monoxide. If you must drive with the WARNING vent it from sliding or shifting. Keep people. un- ● Closely supervise children when they derbody. They contain colorless and odorless carbon b. The three-way catalyst is an emission control jured. compartment. Keep the car locked. sunny days. ● Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time. Pets ● Do not breathe exhaust gases. ● Do not run the engine in closed spaces are around cars to prevent them from such as a garage. playing and becoming locked in the THREE-WAY CATALYST trunk where they could be seriously in.PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) ● The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic ● Do not leave children or adults who WARNING whenever: would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. and prevent children’s while driving. these precautions: ● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys- In a sudden stop or collision. temperatures in a closed vehicle could c. with the rear device installed in the exhaust system. unsecured tem are very hot. access to car keys. The vehicle is raised for service. otherwise exhaust gases high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. You notice a change in the sound of ● If you suspect that exhaust fumes are quickly become high enough to cause the exhaust system. and have the vehicle d. the vehicle. Do not trunk or the rear hatch open. Carbon monoxide is danger- entering into the passenger others through inadvertent operation of ous. drive with all win- severe or possibly fatal injuries to dows fully open. It can cause unconsciousness or compartment. should also not be left alone. follow place cargo higher than the seatbacks. and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air. Open all the windows. they a. animals 1. or rear of the vehicle. or flammable materials away from the cargo could cause personal injury. Also.

the engine to misfire. pressure for those tires. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a should be checked monthly when cold and in. when one or more of your tires is significantly including the installation of replacement or alter- able loss of performance or other un. ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over. Starting and driving 5-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . including the spare (if provided). (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons. When the malfunction indicator is As an added safety feature. the telltale will flash for approxi- duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. Always detected. TPMS fuel flow into the three-way catalyst.) subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal- tions in the ignition. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for sure of the spare tire. Each tire. proper tire maintenance. them to the proper pressure. or if notice. Do not keep driv. TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the flated to the inflation pressure recommended by system is not operating properly. When the system detects a from leaded gasoline will seriously re. The TPMS mal- CAUTION the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard function indicator is combined with the low tire ● Do not use leaded gasoline. the system may not be able to detect equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System or signal low tire pressure as intended.● Do not stop or park the vehicle over TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING even if under-inflation has not reached the level to flammable materials such as dry grass. mately one minute and then remain continuously help reduce exhaust pollutants. Running out of fuel could cause also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life. damaging the three-way catalyst. SYSTEM (TPMS) (if so equipped) trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure waste paper or rags. This sequence will continue upon ● Keep your engine tuned up. under-inflated. Driving on a signifi. when the low tire nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent usual operating conditions are pressure telltale illuminates. and it is the driver’s ● Do not push or tow your vehicle to start responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure. tires of a different size than the size indicated on malfunction. and cause a fire. causing it to overheat. or function exists. and properly. and inflate check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac- promptly by a NISSAN dealer. ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and ● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel heat and can lead to tire failure. Accordingly. you should stop and the TPMS from functioning properly. Under-inflation wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function level. fuel injection. your vehicle has been electrical systems can cause overrich illuminated. They may ignite telltale. may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping Additional information: ability. Malfunc. the engine. ing if the engine misfires. ● Do not race the engine while warming it ● The TPMS does not monitor the tire pres- up. Have the vehicle inspected check your tires as soon as possible. Deposits or tire inflation pressure label. you should determine the proper tire inflation illuminated. (If your vehicle has pressure telltale.

the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation shown on the Tire and Loading Informa- and the outside temperature. The light will remain on after 1 minute. reduce vehicle speed. pull off the road Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as ● The low tire pressure warning light does not to a safe location and stop the vehicle possible for tire replacement and/or automatically turn off when the tire pressure as soon as possible. Use a tire pressure dent and could result in serious per. pressure warning light. of emergency” section for changing a may cause poor reception of the signals nate. and the ambient temperature. is adjusted. TPMS will not function properly. this system may not detect a ● If the low tire pressure warning light and the low tire pressure warning light sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a illuminates while driving. This the low tire pressure warning light to illumi. If you have a flat tire. CAUTION the air inside the tire which can cause a replace it with a spare tire as soon as Do not place metalized film or any metal lower tire inflation pressure. (See “Flat tire” in the “In case parts (antenna. sure for all four tires. Driving with under. This may cause possible. ● The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel WARNING is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 is replaced. the TPMS will not function km/h). avoid sudden will flash for approximately 1 minute. Check the tire pressure for tire sealant into the tires. steering maneuvers or abrupt braking. the vehicle must be the tires and increase the likelihood of ● Replacing tires with those not originally driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) tire failure. Adjust the tire pressure to cause a malfunction of the tire pressure ● Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the recommended COLD tire pressure sensors. etc. proper operation of the TPMS. Some devices and transmitters may temporarily For additional information. Also. If the warning light illuminates in low flat tire. flat tire while driving).) on the windows. check the tire pres. system resetting. see “Low tire pressure interfere with the operation of the TPMS and warning light” in the “Instruments and controls” cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu- section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System minate.) from the tire pressure sensors. as this may all four tires. (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency” section. Serious vehicle damage specified by NISSAN could affect the to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire could occur and may lead to an acci. Low outside tion label to turn the low tire pressure temperature can lower the temperature of warning light OFF. ● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol gauge to check the tire pressure. 5-4 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . After the tire is inflated to the inflated tires may permanently damage recommended pressure. sonal injury.

restraint system” section of this manual. delays reaction time control or an accident. Starting and driving 5-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . pre- ired operation of the device. yourself and others. or some other physical condition. lose control of your vehicle. Additionally. affects all people differently and most people harmful interference. instruct your passengers to do so. other vehicles or objects. ance could void the user’s authority to op. particularly if the loss of control you must choose not to drive under the influence This device complies with Part 15 of the causes the vehicle to slide sideways. DC/AC converter is being used in or near the and impairs judgement. Every year thousands of people are FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry tentive at all times. too (over-the-counter. Avoid excessive speed. and (2) this device Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the underestimate the effects of alcohol. or sudden steering maneuvers. to roll over. Driving after vehicle. or cause the vehicle NISSAN is committed to safe driving. Be at. Don’t drive if your Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco- and rollovers. “Safety – Seats. in. loss of control could result in a collision with erate the equipment. injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. must accept any interference received.Some examples are: AVOIDING COLLISION AND DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND – Facilities or electric devices using similar radio ROLLOVER DRIVING frequencies are near the vehicle. seat belts and supplemental Remember. and illegal drugs). However. increase the severity of the injury. Al- Canada. Obey all drinking alcohol increases the likelihood FCC Notice: traffic regulations. drinking and driving don’t mix! And cluding interference that may cause undes. because these driving practices could cause you to are injured in an accident. to be legally intoxicated. drugs. the fact is that alcohol conditions: (1) This device may not cause counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). of alcohol. and also that is true for drugs. scription. As with any vehicle. high of being involved in an accident injuring speed cornering. alcohol can proved by the party responsible for compli. Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol though the local laws vary on what is considered Operation is subject to the following two or drugs (including prescription or over-the. Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe Never drive under the influence of alcohol and prudent manner may result in loss of or drugs. or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt. an unbelted hol. if you Changes or modifications not expressly ap. and avoid driving when tired. In a rollover crash. Alcohol in the bloodstream re- – If a computer (or similar equipment) or a duces coordination. WARNING WARNING – If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.

This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury. ignition switch cannot be moved from the “LOCK” position and if the steering lock is engaged. The operating environment the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. SSD0435 LSD0172 CVT models M/T models INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so CAUTION equipped) ● Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with The Intelligent Key system can operate the igni. the steering wheel cannot be moved. (See “JUMP START- ING” in the “In case of emergency” sec- tion of this manual. The steering wheel will lock. and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key ● If the vehicle battery is discharged the system operation. Charge the battery as soon as possible.IGNITION SWITCH WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving.) 5-6 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . you when operating the vehicle. tion switch without taking the key out from your ● Never leave the Intelligent Key inside pocket or purse.

dan) is not included in the operating range. but the Intelligent Key may function. inside the tem’s operating range becomes narrower and glove box. to turn the ignition Key may function. Intelligent Key may not function. rear parcel shelf. storage bin or door pocket. switch to start the engine. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified ● The luggage area (hatchback) or trunk (se- operating range. the Intelligent Key sys. the Intelligent not carry the Intelligent Key. WSD0165 WSD0191 SSD0392 Hatchback Sedan Without Intelligent Key system Operating range The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle s 1 . the may not function properly. Starting and driving 5-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ● If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door it is possible for anyone. ment panel. even someone who does or window outside the vehicle. When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis- charged or strong radio waves are present near ● If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru- the operating location.

Remove the key. Insert the key into the ignition switch. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- 1. LOCK position. essary. Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition 1. The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition There is an OFF position s 1 between the switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position LOCK and ACC positions. position. the selector lever cannot be moved from the SSD0437A the steering wheel slightly right and left. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi. Gently turn the ignition switch while rotating tion. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) posi. the steering wheel is not locked. 5-8 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . if nec- switch. tion. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON switch. With Intelligent Key system The shift selector lever can be moved if the CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE ignition switch is in the ON position and the TRANSMISSION (CVT) foot brake pedal is depressed. wise from the straight up position. The OFF position until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park) is indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder. 3. if it is inserted in the ignition 2. P (Park) position. When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the To lock the steering wheel: LOCK position: 1. make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park) position. Turn the steering wheel 1/8 of a turn clock- 3. If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi- 2. When moving the ignition switch to the When the ignition is in the OFF position. tion. tion switch. To unlock the steering wheel: 4. 2. direction. tion. to remove the key from the igni.

it must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwise If the selector lever is shifted to the P (Park) from the straight up position. To LOCK position. and turn it gently while rotating the steer- 1. make The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot sure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park) moved out of P (Park) and into any of the other position. insert the key key. turned to the LOCK position and removed until 3. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) posi. 3. the shift selector lever is moved to the P (Park) position. 2. Remove the key from the ignition. is indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder. SSD0392 position. Remove the key. tion with the key in the ON position. turn the steering wheel to the left or position. Starting and driving 5-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Turn the key to the LOCK position. When the ignition is in the OFF position. Move the shift selector lever into the P (Park) ing wheel slightly right and left. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON tion. Remove the key. turn the key to the LOCK position. Turn the key to the LOCK position. the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position. 4. gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position s1 or if the key is removed from the If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park) switch. position after the key is turned to the OFF posi- tion or when the key cannot be turned to the To lock the steering wheel. When removing the key from the ignition. position. the steering wheel is not locked. right while turning the key to unlock the The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be key cylinder. If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi- AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 2. In order for the steering wheel to be locked. The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed. The OFF position 1. proceed as follows to remove the unlock the steering wheel. To remove the key from the ignition switch: There is an OFF position s 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions.

To lock the steering wheel In the LOCK position. the ignition PUSH release button has to be pressed in order to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position although the Intel- ligent Key lock warning light will not blink and the buzzer will not sound. turn the key to OFF. turn the steering wheel 1/8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position. not been pressed completely. NOTE: The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position. ● When the mechanical key is being used. push the ignition switch and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel WSD0052 LSD0173 slightly right and left. 5-10 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . then turn the key to LOCK. gent Key lock warning light” in the “Instru- ments and controls” section of this manual for further details regarding the functionality of the Intelligent Key lock warning light. ing. PUSH release button has been pressed. See “Intelli- push the key in. ● The Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds when the igni- Type A models without Intelligent Key: To tion switch is turned to the LOCK position turn the ignition key to the LOCK position from and the ignition PUSH release button has the ACC or ON position. Type A Type B MANUAL TRANSMISSION Type B models with Intelligent Key: The ignition lock is designed so that the switch can The ignition switch includes a device that helps only be turned to the LOCK position when the prevent accidental removal of the key while driv. To unlock the steering wheel Press the brake pedal.

when interference is caused by ● Check that all windows and lights are clean. another registered key. least whenever you refuel. Restart the engine while holding the device the key is turned to the ON (3) position. If the engine fails to start using a registered key PUSH ON.The ignition switch will be unlocked (for example. do likewise. ● Position seat and adjust head restraints. or at at this position. If the no start condition re-occurs. The engine can be turned off without locking the cedures: steering wheel. inflation. ommends placing the registered key on a sepa- rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices. restart the engine using the following pro. ● Lock all doors. This position turns on the ignition system and the 3. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position ACC: (Accessories) (2) for approximately 5 seconds.The steering lock can only be locked registered key. Starting and driving 5-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . washer fluid as frequently as possible. and wait approximately 10 sec. This position activates electrical accessories 2. 1. release the key. BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE KEY POSITIONS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER ● Make sure the area around the vehicle is SYSTEM (if so equipped) clear. position. As soon as the section of this manual. This position starts the engine. Also check tires for proper ring). See (which may have caused the interference) “Warning/indicator lights and audible re- START: (4) minders” in the “Instruments and controls” separate from the registered key. an automated toll road ● Visually inspect tires for their appearance OFF: (Manual transmission model) (1) device or automatic payment device on the key and condition. 4. ● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to ON: Normal operating position (3) onds. ● Check the operation of warning lights when electrical accessories. NISSAN rec- cally returns to the ON position. It automati. cool- Intelligent Key system: ant. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK ● Adjust inside and outside mirrors. LOCK: Normal parking position (0) The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not ● Check fluid levels such as engine oil. Repeat steps 1 and 2. brake and clutch fluid. and window allow the engine to start without the use of the PUSH OFF. while carrying the Intelligent Key. engine has started. such as the radio when the engine is not running.

STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake. The Intelligent Key must be carried The inside warning buzzer stops when one
when operating the ignition switch. of the following is performed:
2. AT or CVT model:
When the Intelligent Key system warning ● Return the ignition switch to the LOCK
Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N light ( AT or CVT models) or the Intel- position.
(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended. ligent Key lock warning light ( M/T
models) in the meter blinks in red and the ● Remove the mechanical key from the ig-
The shift selector lever cannot be
inside warning buzzer emits a short beep, be nition switch.
moved out of P (Park) and into any of
the other gear positions if the ignition sure that the selector lever is in the P (Park) ● Close the doors.
key is turned to the OFF position or if position and the ignition switch is securely
returned to the LOCK position. 3. Crank the engine with your foot off the
the key is removed from the ignition accelerator pedal by turning the ignition
switch. The Intelligent Key system warning light key to START. Release the key when the
( AT or CVT models) or the Intelligent engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to
The starter is designed not to operate if Key lock warning light ( M/T models)
the shift selector lever is in any of the run, repeat the above procedure.
blinking in red, turns off by performing the
driving positions. following operations: ● If the engine is very hard to start in extremely
Manual transmission model: cold weather or when restarting, depress
● Return the ignition switch to the LOCK the accelerator pedal a little (approximately
Move the shift lever to N (Neutral). Depress position. 1/3 to the floor) and hold it and then crank
the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking ● Turn the ignition switch to the ACC posi- the engine. Release the key and the accel-
the engine. tion. erator pedal when the engine starts.
The starter is designed not to operate When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu- ● If the engine is very hard to start because it
unless the clutch pedal is fully de- ously, check for the following: is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal
pressed. all the way to the floor and hold it. Crank the
● The ignition switch is returned to the engine for 5-6 seconds. After cranking the
Intelligent Key system models: Slowly LOCK position. engine, release the accelerator pedal.
“PUSH ON” the ignition switch. When the ● The mechanical key is not inserted into Crank the engine with your foot off the
Intelligent Key system warning light in the ignition switch. accelerator pedal by turning the ignition
the meter illuminates in green, the ignition key to START. Release the key when the
switch can be turned. engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails
to run, repeat the above procedure.
5-12 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/03/08—debbie X

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (if so The automatic transmission in your vehicle is
CAUTION
electronically controlled to produce maximum
Do not operate the starter for more than
equipped) power and smooth operation.
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does
WARNING The recommended operating procedures for this
not start, turn the key off and wait 10
transmission are shown on the following pages.
seconds before cranking again, otherwise ● Do not depress the accelerator pedal Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
the starter could be damaged. while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- performance and driving enjoyment.
tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 2 or 1.
4. Warm-up
Always depress the brake pedal until Starting the vehicle
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- shifting is completed. Failure to do so
onds after starting. Do not race the engine could cause you to lose control and 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
while warming it up. Drive at moderate have an accident. foot brake pedal before moving the shift
speed for a short distance first, especially in selector lever out of the P (Park) position.
● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use
cold weather. caution when shifting into a forward or 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
reverse gear before the engine has move the shift selector lever into a driving
warmed up. gear.
● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) 3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start
while the vehicle is moving. This could the vehicle in motion.
cause an accident. The automatic transmission is designed so
the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed
CAUTION before shifting from P (Park) to any drive
● When stopping the vehicle on an uphill position while the ignition switch is in the
grade, do not hold the vehicle by de- ON position.
pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot The shift selector lever cannot be moved
brake should be used for this purpose. out of P (Park) and into any of the other
● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery gear positions if the ignition key is turned
roads. This may cause a loss of control. to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the
key is removed.

Starting and driving 5-13

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

P (Park):
WARNING
● Apply the parking brake if the selector CAUTION
lever is in any position while the engine
is not running. Failure to do so could To prevent transmission damage, use the
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when
or roll away and result in serious per- the vehicle is completely stopped.
sonal injury or property damage. Use the P (Park) selector position when the vehicle
● If the selector lever cannot be moved is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure
from the P (Park) position while the the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
engine is running and the brake pedal is pedal must be depressed and the selector
depressed, the stop lights may not lever button pushed in to move the selector
work. Malfunctioning stop lights could lever from N (Neutral) or any drive position to
cause an accident injuring yourself and P (Park). Apply the parking brake. When parking
WSD0224 others. on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then shift
To move the selector lever: the selector lever into the P (Park) position.
If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for
Push the button s
A while depressing the any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or R (Reverse):
brake pedal any D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned
Push the button s
A to shift to the LOCK position and be removed from the CAUTION
ignition switch. If this occurs, perform the follow-
Shift without pushing button s
A
To prevent transmission damage, use the
ing steps:
P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when
Shifting 1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is the vehicle is completely stopped.
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake stopped.
Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Make
pedal, push the selector button and move the 2. Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) to sure the vehicle is completely stopped before
shift selector lever out of the P (Park) position. park the vehicle and turn the ignition key to selecting R (Reverse) position. The brake
the LOCK position to remove the key. pedal must be depressed and the selector
lever button pushed in to move the selector
lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive
position to R (Reverse).
5-14 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

N (Neutral): To push the shift lock release, complete the fol-
lowing procedure:
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The
engine can be started in this position. You may 1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position
shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine and remove the key.
while the vehicle is moving.
2. Apply the parking brake.
D (Drive):
3. Remove the shift lock release cover as
Use this position for all normal forward driving. shown.
2 (Second gear): 4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock
Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak- release slot and push down.
ing on downhill grades.
5. Move the shift selector lever to the N (Neu-
1 (Low gear): tral) position while holding down the shift
WSD0195 lock release.
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly
or driving slowing through deep snow, sand or Shift lock release 6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the
mud, or for maximum engine braking on steep steering wheel. Now the vehicle may be
If the battery is discharged, the shift selector lever
downhill grades. moved to the desired location.
may not be moved from the P (Park) position even
Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle with the brake pedal depressed. If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of
speed exceeds the following limits, otherwise the P (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto-
To move the shift selector lever, release the shift
engine may over-rev and cause engine damage. matic transmission system as soon as possible.
lock. The shift selector lever can be moved to N
Selector lever position (Neutral). However, the steering wheel will be
locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the WARNING
1 2
ON position. This allows the vehicle to be moved If the selector lever cannot be moved from
35 MPH (55 km/h) 62 MPH (100 km/h) if the battery is discharged. the P (Park) position while the engine is
running and the brake pedal is depressed,
the stop lights may not work. Malfunction-
ing stop lights could cause an accident
injuring yourself and others.

Starting and driving 5-15

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

Accelerator downshift OFF: For driving up and down long
— in D position — slopes where engine braking is nec-
essary push the Overdrive switch
For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-
erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis- once. The indicator light in
sion down into a lower gear, depending on the the instrument panel will illuminate.
vehicle speed. When cruising at a low speed or climbing a
gentle slope, you may feel uncomfortable shift
shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of
Overdrive repeatedly. In this case, push the Over-
drive switch to turn the Overdrive off. The
indicator light in the instrument panel will illumi-
nate.
When driving conditions change, depress the
SSD0533 Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on.
Overdrive switch The indicator light in the instrument panel
will turn off.
Each time your vehicle is started, the transmis-
Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex-
sion is automatically “reset” to overdrive ON.
tended periods of time with the Overdrive off.
ON: With the engine running and the This reduces fuel economy.
shift selector lever in the D (Drive)
position, the transmission upshifts Fail-safe
into Overdrive as vehicle speed When the fail-safe operation occurs, the AT will
increases. be locked in third gear.
Overdrive does not engage until the engine
has reached operating temperature.

5-16 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con- ● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use NOTE:
ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning caution when shifting into a forward or Engine power may be automatically re-
and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe reverse gear before the engine has duced to protect the CVT if the engine
system may be activated. This will occur warmed up. speed increases quickly when driving on
even if all electrical circuits are functioning slippery roads or while being tested on
properly. In this case, turn the ignition ● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
roads. This may cause a loss of control. some dynamometers.
switch off and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn
the ignition switch back to the “ON” posi- ● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) Starting the vehicle
tion. The vehicle should return to its normal while the vehicle is moving. This could
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
operating condition. If it does not return to cause an accident.
foot brake pedal before moving the shift
its normal operating condition, have a selector lever out of the P (Park) position.
NISSAN dealer check the transmission and CAUTION
repair it if necessary. 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
When stopping the vehicle on an uphill move the shift selector lever into a driving
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE grade, do not hold the vehicle by depress- gear.
ing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake
TRANSMISSION (CVT) (if so should be used for this purpose. 3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start
equipped) the vehicle in motion.
The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-
4. Stop the vehicle completely before shifting
WARNING trolled to produce maximum power and smooth
the selector lever to the P (Park) position.
operation.
● Do not depress the accelerator pedal The CVT is designed so the foot brake
while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- The recommended operating procedures for this pedal MUST be depressed before shifting
tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low). transmission are shown on the following pages. from P (Park) to any drive position while
Always depress the brake pedal until Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle the ignition switch is in the ON position.
shifting is completed. Failure to do so performance and driving enjoyment.
could cause you to lose control and The shift selector lever cannot be moved
have an accident. out of P (Park) and into any of the other
gear positions if the ignition key is turned
to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the
key is removed.

Starting and driving 5-17

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

Push the button s A while depressing the brake pedal 3. Turn the key to the ON position. apply the parking stopped. 5-18 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . or sure the vehicle is completely stopped. P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when tion key to the LOCK position to remove the the vehicle is completely stopped. Depress the foot brake pedal. Failure to do so could cause To prevent transmission damage. or property damage. use the the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when away and result in serious personal injury the vehicle is completely stopped. (Park) position. When parking on a hill. The any drive position. After starting the engine. If this occurs. then shift the selector lever into the P To move the selector lever: 2. R (Reverse): Push the button s A to shift 4. (Park) to any of the desired shift positions. Make any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral). use the Shifting (Park) to park the vehicle and turn the igni. fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever from P key. perform the following steps: selector lever from the N (Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park). Apply the parking WSD0194 1. brake first. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is brake. Move the shift selector lever to P To prevent transmission damage. the key cannot be turned to the brake pedal must be depressed and the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition selector lever button pushed in to move the switch. Use the P (Park) selector position when the ve- If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for hicle is parked or when starting the engine. P (Park): WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector CAUTION lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N CAUTION Shift without pushing button s A (Neutral) to restart the vehicle (P is pre- ferred).

Now the vehicle may be D (Drive): If the battery is discharged. pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P 3. Move the shift selector lever to the N (Neu- engine can be started in this position. running and the brake pedal is depressed. 6. The 5. N (Neutral) or any drive position to R shown.Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. WSD0195 while the vehicle is moving. Do not and remove the key. The brake pedal must be de. Use this position for all normal forward driving. ON position. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock N (Neutral): release slot and push down. R (Reverse) 1. You may tral) position while holding down the shift shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine lock release. Remove the shift lock release cover as (Park). complete the fol- sure the vehicle is completely stopped before lowing procedure: selecting R (Reverse) position. the stop lights may not work. This allows the vehicle to be moved the P (Park) position while the engine is if the battery is discharged. The shift selector lever can be moved to N and whenever approaching sharp bends. Apply the parking brake. may not be moved from the P (Park) position even If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of L (Low): with the brake pedal depressed. release the shift system as soon as possible. exceed 30 MPH (48 km/h) in the R (Reverse) position. However. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the Shift lock release steering wheel. the steering wheel will be WARNING use the L (Low) position in any other circum. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position speed is limited to 30 MPH (48 km/h). have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT To move the shift selector lever. Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopes lock. Malfunction- ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others. 4. locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the If the selector lever cannot be moved from stances. the shift selector lever moved to the desired location. P (Park). Do not (Neutral). Make To push the shift lock release. 2. (Reverse). Starting and driving 5-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.

chance of a collision. When the high fluid temperature protec- Accelerator downshift tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs. 5-20 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . the fail-safe WARNING When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with the system may be activated. other traffic. ing condition. turn the ignition switch to the OFF proved engine braking. which could increase the erator pedal to the floor. This may cause a and controls” section of this manual. push the O/D the switch back to the ON position. D (Drive). Then turn To turn off the Overdrive off mode. See activated. position and wait for 10 seconds. If it does not return to its normal operating condition. the come on to indicate the fail-safe mode is roads. Be especially care- sion down into a lower gear. This may cause a loss of control. When the fail-safe operation occurs. — in D position — vehicle speed may be gradually reduced. The OFF switch again. The reduced speed may be lower than For passing or hill climbing. MANUAL TRANSMISSION (if so WSD0164 If the vehicle is driven under extreme con- equipped) Overdrive (O/D) OFF switch ditions. This will occur even if all electrical ing to a lower gear. circuits are functioning properly. have a Each time the engine is started. the Overdrive off mode will be auto- WARNING matically turned off. The MIL may ● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery selector lever in the D (Drive) position. light in the instrument panel illuminates. such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking. depending on the ful when driving. This shifts the transmis. In this loss of control or engine damage. see “Malfunction indicator light (MIL)” in the “Instrument and controls” sec. ● Do not over-rev the engine when shift- “Overdrive off indicator light” in the “Instruments tion. or have it repaired if necessary. case. the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position. or when the NISSAN dealer check the transmission and selector lever is shifted to any position other than repair if necessary. If necessary. The indicator light will vehicle should return to its normal operat- turn off. pull to the vehicle speed. side of the road at a safe place and allow Fail-safe the transmission to return to normal op- eration. depress the accel. Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im.

shift to N (Neutral) and release The following are suggested vehicle speeds for the clutch pedal with the foot brake SSD0552 shifting into a higher gear. fully depress GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h) the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. The shift lever ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral) ● Fully depress the clutch pedal before position. depress the clutch pedal fully. or when upshifting or down. Transmission damage may occur. then release the clutch For normal acceleration in low altitude areas (less slowly and smoothly. ● When the vehicle is stopped with the Suggested upshift speeds engine running (for example. 3rd. Shifting relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Depress the clutch shifting into R (Reverse). than 4. These suggestions applied. lift up on the shift lever ring s 1 and CAUTION then move it to the R (Reverse) position after ● Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal stopping the vehicle completely. 5th to 6th 51 (82) 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed. shift into N (Neutral). Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road To change gears. pedal again and shift into R (Reverse) or 1 (1st). at a stop light). shift into habits. To back up. Starting and driving 5-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . then ● Stop your vehicle completely before release the clutch pedal. 4th to 5th 36 (58) Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd. If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R (Reverse) or 1 (1st). This may cause clutch damage. while driving. the weather and individual driving shifting.000 ft [1219 m]): To ensure smooth gear changes. a gear noise may be 3rd to 4th 25 (40) heard. the appropriate gear. shifting to help prevent transmission damage. conditions. If 1st to 2nd 8 (13) the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the 2nd to 3rd 17 (27) transmission is shifted.

To release: Always observe posted speed limits. Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not ● Do not leave children unattended in a running smoothly. 1st 29 (47) Automatic transmission models: 2nd 51 (83) Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park) 3rd 74 (120) position. which will en. 5-22 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . WSD0048 (shown below) in any gear. and drive according to the road conditions. 5th to 6th 51 (82) ● Do not use the gear shift in place of the Suggested maximum speed in each parking brake. They could release the parking Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed brake and cause an accident. For level road driving. or if you need to accelerate. sure safe operation. When parking. 4th — 5th — 3. use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Failure to do so 1st to 2nd 15 (24) can cause brake failure and lead to an 2nd to 3rd 25 (40) accident. Firmly apply the foot brake.000 ft [1219 m]): Gear change MPH (km/h) ● Be sure the parking brake is fully re- leased before driving. be sure gear the parking brake is fully engaged. Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi- GEAR MPH (km/h) tion. push the button and lower com- pletely sB. While pulling up on the parking brake lever 6th — slightly. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause 2. PARKING BRAKE For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and WARNING high altitude areas (over 4. Manual transmission models: engine damage or loss of vehicle control. To engage: Pull the lever up s A. 1. 3rd to 4th 40 (64) ● Do not release the parking brake from 4th to 5th 45 (72) outside the vehicle. vehicle.

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning ● The SET indicator light may blink when the
light goes out. cruise control switch is turned ON while
pushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET, or
CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise
control system, use the following proce-
dures.

WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when driving
under the following conditions:
● When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed.

LSD0160
● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in
speed.
1. ACCEL/RES switch
● On winding or hilly roads.
2. COAST/SET switch
3. CANCEL switch ● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).
4. ON/OFF switch ● In very windy areas.
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
CONTROL control and result in an accident.
● If the cruise control system malfunctions, it
cancels automatically. The SET indicator
light in the instrument panel then blinks to
warn the driver.
● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the
cruise control switch off and have the sys-
tem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Starting and driving 5-23

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the ● Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.
CAUTION
following three methods. When the vehicle attains the speed you de-
On manual transmission models, do not sire, release the switch.
shift into N (Neutral) without depressing ● Push the CANCEL button; the SET indicator
the clutch pedal when the cruise control is light in the instrument panel goes out. ● Push and release the ACCEL/RES switch.
set. Should this occur, depress the clutch Each time you do this, the set speed in-
● Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator light creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
pedal and turn the main switch off imme- goes out.
diately. Failure to do so may cause engine To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
damage. ● Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISE of the following three methods.
indicator light and SET indicator light in the
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS instrument panel go out. ● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
hicle attains the desired speed, push the
The cruise control allows driving at a speed be- The cruise control is automatically canceled and COAST/SET switch and release it.
tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) without the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if:
keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. ● Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re-
● you depress the brake or clutch pedal while lease the switch when the vehicle slows to
To turn on the cruise control, push the main pushing the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST the desired speed.
switch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru-
switch. The preset speed is deleted from ● Push and release the COAST/SET switch.
ment panel comes on.
memory. Each time you do this, the set speed de-
To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch ● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH
and release it. The SET indicator light in the instru- (13 km/h) below the set speed. To resume the preset speed, push and re-
ment panel comes on. Take your foot off the accel- ● you depress the clutch pedal (manual trans- lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle re-
erator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set speed. turns to the last set cruising speed when the
mission), or move the shift selector lever to N
vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- (Neutral) (CVT).
celerator pedal. When you release the To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously of the following three methods.
set speed.
● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
● The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
when going up or down steep hills. If this
happens, drive without the cruise control. release the COAST/SET switch.

5-24 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain ● When cruising at highway speeds, it is more
CAUTION
cruising speeds with a constant accelerator economical to use the air conditioner and
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), position. leave the windows closed to reduce drag.
follow these recommendations to obtain
maximum engine performance and en- ● Drive at moderate speeds on the highway. ● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
sure the future reliability and economy of Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy. See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-
your new vehicle. Failure to follow these tion” in “Technical and consumer informa-
● Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
recommendations may result in short- tion” later in this manual.
Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-
ened engine life and reduced engine hicles.
performance.
● Use a proper gear range which suits road
● Avoid driving for long periods at constant conditions. On level roads, shift into high
speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the gear as soon as possible.
engine over 4,000 rpm.
● Avoid unnecessary engine idling.
● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
● Keep your engine tuned up.
● Avoid quick starts.
● Follow the recommended periodic mainte-
● Avoid hard braking as much as possible. nance schedule.
● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-
sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear
and lowers fuel economy.
● Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-
proper alignment increases tire wear and
lowers fuel economy.
● Air conditioner operation lowers fuel
economy. Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.

Starting and driving 5-25

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Automatic Transmission (AT) or Con-
tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
models:
Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good
practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: s
1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the
vehicle forward until the curb side wheel
gently touches the curb.
● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: s
SSD0488 2
WARNING cannot be moved without depressing Turn the wheels away from the curb and
the foot brake pedal. move the vehicle back until the curb side
● Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry grass, ● Never leave the engine running while wheel gently touches the curb.
waste paper or rags. They may ignite the vehicle is unattended.
● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
and cause a fire. ● Do not leave children unattended inside CURB: s
3
the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-
● Safe parking procedures require that Turn the wheels toward the side of the road
tivate switches or controls. Unattended
both the parking brake be set and the so the vehicle will move away from the cen-
children could become involved in seri-
transmission placed into P (Park) or in ter of the road if it moves.
ous accidents.
an appropriate gear for manual trans-
mission models. Failure to do so could 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. 4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly 2. Manual transmission models: and remove the key.
or roll away and result in an accident.
Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) posi-
Make sure the shift lever has been
tion. When parking on an uphill grade, place
pushed as far forward as it can go and
the shift lever in 1st gear.
5-26 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is The brake system has two separate hydraulic
WARNING
operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunc- circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
● If the engine is not running or is turned tion. have braking at two wheels.
off while driving, the power assist for
the steering will not work. Steering will If the electric power steering warning light PS BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
be harder to operate. illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the power steering system is not func- Vacuum assisted brakes
● When the power steering warning light tioning properly and may need servicing. Have
illuminates with the engine running, the power steering system checked by a The brake booster aids braking by using engine
there will be no power assist for the NISSAN dealer. vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the
steering. You will still have control of vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,
the vehicle but the steering will be When the electric power steering warning light greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
harder to operate. Have the power illuminates with the engine running, there will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-
steering system checked by a NISSAN no power assist for the steering but you will still
tance will be longer.
dealer. have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater
steering effort is required to operate the steering Using the brakes
The power steering system is designed to pro- wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low
vide power assist while driving to operate the speeds. Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while
steering wheel with light force. driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the
For additional information see “Electric power brake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly steering warning light” in the “Instruments and
or continuously while parking or driving at a very controls” section. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
low speed, the power assist for the steering brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over- downshift to a lower gear before going down a
heating of the power steering system and protect slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may
it from getting damaged. While the power assist reduce braking performance and could result in
is reduced, steering wheel operation will become loss of vehicle control.
heavy. When the temperature of the power steer-
ing system goes down, the power assist level will
return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering
wheel operations that could cause the power
steering system to overheat.
Starting and driving 5-27

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

This procedure is described in the vehicle service – When installing a spare tire, make
WARNING
manual and can be performed by a NISSAN sure that it is the proper size and type
● While driving on a slippery surface, be dealer. as specified on the Tire and Loading
careful when braking, accelerating or Information label. See “Tire and
downshifting. Abrupt braking or accel- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM Loading Information label” in the
erating could cause the wheels to skid (ABS) (if so equipped) “Technical and consumer informa-
and result in an accident. tion” section of this manual.
● If the engine is not running or is turned WARNING
– For detailed information, see
off while driving, the power assist for ● The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-
the brakes will not work. Braking will be sophisticated device, but it cannot pre- nance and do-it-yourself” section of
harder. vent accidents resulting from careless this manual.
or dangerous driving techniques. It can
Wet brakes help maintain vehicle control during The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the
When the vehicle is washed or driven through braking on slippery surfaces. Remem- brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your ber that stopping distances on slippery braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle surfaces will be longer than on normal The system detects the rotation speed at each
may pull to one side during braking. surfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis- wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-
tances may also be longer on rough, vent each wheel from locking and sliding. By
To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe gravel or snow covered roads, or if you preventing each wheel from locking, the system
speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to are using tire chains. Always maintain a helps the driver maintain steering control and
heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return safe distance from the vehicle in front helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip-
to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high of you. Ultimately, the driver is respon- pery surfaces.
speeds until the brakes function correctly. sible for safety.
● Tire type and condition may also affect Using the system
Parking brake break-in
braking effectiveness. Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-
Break-in the parking brake shoes whenever the – When replacing tires, install the press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened specified size of tires on all four but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-
or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or wheels. ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
drum/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
best brake performance.
5-28 Starting and driving

Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs)
Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)
01/02/08—debbie X

the battery fluid may brake system then operates normally. see “Battery” in the “Main- tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this self-test or while driving. To maintain maxi- anti-lock assistance. You may feel a pulsation in the brake hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob (if so Self-test feature pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or equipped). If the lock becomes distances. anti-freeze to assure proper winter protection. mum efficiency.10 km/h). Doing so controls the pressure applied to each brake. see “Engine cooling system” in the reverse. Starting and driving 5-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .6 MPH (5 . the battery should be checked If the ABS warning light illuminates during the regularly. have the vehicle manual. To prevent a door lock from freezing. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very frozen. it switches the ABS off and illuminates the If the battery is not fully charged during extremely ABS warning light on the instrument panel. BATTERY tion. and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or For details. electric ating. COLD WEATHER DRIVING WARNING When the ABS senses that one or more wheels FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK are close to locking up. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The cold weather conditions. the system electronically Do not pump the brake pedal. checked by a NISSAN dealer. For details. but without freeze and damage the battery. you may hear “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake manual. the pulsation may In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem- computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that indicate that road conditions are hazardous and perature will drop below 32°F (0°C). feel a vibration from the actuator when it is oper- The ABS includes electronic sensors. apply de- may result in increased stopping icer through the key hole. However. heat the key before inserting it into the key quickly. pedal. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is ANTI-FREEZE pumps. When the self-test occurs. check the tests the system each time you start the engine extra care is required while driving. If the computer senses a malfunc. The operating properly. Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 .

Braking should be manual. DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE ● Do not use the cruise control on slip- size. pery roads. 0°C and freezing rain). SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT more traction. and avoid any sudden steering SEASON TIRES on all four wheels. mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL voir tank. drain the cooling system. 5-30 Starting and driving Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Please maneuvers. WARNING ● Snow can trap dangerous exhaust 2. If accelerating or downshifting too freeze. If a patch of and icy conditions. the drive wheels will lose even engine block. ● A sturdy. brake before reach- hicle on snowy or icy roads.DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER 3. If you operate your ve. snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. Keep snow tires may be used. care. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to blades. speed rating and availability informa. provide superior performance on dry pave. Tire chains may be used. ● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. NISSAN recom. However. Try not to brake while on the ice. These may appear on an otherwise tires will be substantially reduced in snowy clear road in shaded areas. For details see ● Whatever the condition. consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type. flat board to be placed under the ● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). For details. Check local. use. tion.S. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or Skid and traction capabilities of studded sanded. some U. slippery roads. gases under your vehicle. ● Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser. For additional traction on icy roads. Refill before operating the vehicle. Accelerate and slow down with If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti. the performance of these jack to give it firm support. very cold snow or ice can be slick and clear of the exhaust pipe and from states and Canadian provinces prohibit their very hard to drive on. However. ice is seen ahead. ment. including the fast. The vehicle will around your vehicle. studded ● Wet ice (32°F. ing it. TIRE EQUIPMENT ice and snow from the windows and wiper ● Allow greater following distances on 1. see “Changing engine coolant” in the It is recommended that the following items be ● Allow more stopping distance under “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this carried in the vehicle during winter: these conditions. state and provincial laws have much less traction or “grip” under before installing studded tires. these conditions. ● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove started sooner than on dry pavement. yourself” section of this manual. tion. drive with cau- “Tire chains” in the “Maintenance and do-it.

coolant. The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20° F (-7° C) or lower. gine block heater cord before starting 5. Damage to the cord could for at least 2 . 110-VAC outlet. Turn the engine off. Interrupt (GFI) protected. unplug and prop- the extension cord into a Ground Fault erly store the cord to keep it away from Interrupt (GFI) protected. tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plug 6. The engine block heater must be plugged in the engine. to properly warm the engine cause serious injury. Plug the engine block heater cord into a with an ungrounded electrical system grounded 3 wire. depending on outside result in an electrical shock and can temperatures. Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting. ● Do not use your engine block heater 3. grounded moving parts. You can be se- riously injured by an electrical shock if 4. engine block heater on. 3 pronged extension cord. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault you use an ungrounded connection. Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury. 3-pronged ex. 2.4 hours. Before starting the engine. or a 2-pronged adapter. grounded 110- ● Disconnect and properly store the en.ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so To use the engine block heater: equipped) 1. Starting and driving 5-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Open the hood and unwrap the engine block WARNING heater cord. Use an appropriate timer to turn the ● Use a heavy-duty 3-wire. volt AC (VAC) outlet.

MEMO 5-32 Starting and driving .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . 6-2 Towing your vehicle . . . . . 6-10 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 In case of emergency Flat tire . . . . . 6-7 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Serious vehicle damage If you have a flat tire. refer sonal injury. tion label to turn the low tire pressure 2. dent and could result in serious per- above 16 MPH (25 km/h). the TPMS will not function 4. is replaced. Check the tire pressure for to “Warning/indicator lights and audible remind. Safely move the vehicle off the road and and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” shown on the Tire and Loading Informa. away from traffic.FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING WARNING ● Replacing tires with those not originally SYSTEM (TPMS) (if so equipped) ● If the low tire pressure warning light specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. steering maneuvers or abrupt braking. This system will acti- could occur and may lead to an acci- vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds low. When the low reduce vehicle speed. as this may tire pressure warning light is lit. brake. For more details. signal professional road assistance person- Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as nel that you need assistance. follow the instructions be- tire pressure warning light. If the as soon as possible. vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure. It monitors tire pres. avoid sudden Monitoring System (TPMS). pull off the road tire sealant into the tires. sensors. 5. Turn off the engine. This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure illuminates while driving. replace it with a spare tire as soon as 3. warning light OFF. and stand in a safe place. If you have a flat tire. possible for tire replacement and/or 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle system resetting. Adjust the tire pressure to ers” in the “Instruments and controls” section. Shift the transmission into P (Park) or ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel the manual transmission into R (Reverse). ● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol sure of all tires except the spare. Park on a level surface and apply the parking possible. away from traffic and clear of the vehicle. Driving with under. the recommended COLD tire pressure 1. Stopping the vehicle all four tires. the inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of CHANGING A FLAT TIRE TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire failure. 6-2 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . one or more of to a safe location and stop the vehicle cause a malfunction of the tire pressure your tires is significantly under-inflated. in the “Starting and driving” section. and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute.

● Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Getting the spare tire and tools Open the hatch or trunk. This is hazardous. ● Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope. ice or slippery areas. WCE0044 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks s 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire s2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up. WARNING WCE0129 Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury. WARNING ● Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the transmission is shifted into P (Park). In case of emergency 6-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . or the manual transmis- sion into R (Reverse). Wait for profes- sional road assistance. Lift the floor board and spare tire cover s 1 .

To remove the wheel cover. 6-4 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If necessary equipped) remove the spare tire first to easily access the jack strap. SAI0484 SCE0608 SCE0630 Type A Type B Removing wheel cover (if so To remove the jack. remove them before Do not use your hands to pry off wheel removing the spare tire. Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface. Doing so could re- sult in personal injury. CAUTION If spacers are equipped. use the jack rod s 1 as illustrated. caps or wheel covers. take off the strap. Apply cloth s 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

essary to work under the vehicle. vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change. ● Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack. ● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) off the ground. WARNING ● Never jack up the vehicle more than ● Never get under the vehicle while it is necessary. sup- port it with safety stands. If it is nec. WCE0131 WCE0140 Hatchback Sedan Jacking up vehicle and removing the ● Use the correct jack-up points. This is especially true vehicle to lift the vehicle. ● Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack. It may cause the ● Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to move. ● Never use blocks on or under the jack. In case of emergency 6-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Never damaged tire use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. It may cause the vehicle to move. supported only by the jack. Do not use the for vehicles with limited slip jack provided with your vehicle on other differentials.

and rod with both hands. securely hold the jack lever 2. Do not remove the wheel nuts 3. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by The jack should be used on firm and 1. and then remove the 3. See specific instructions under the Carefully read the caution label attached to notches in the front or the rear as shown. Re- move the wheel nuts. vehicle until the tire clears the ground. the notches as shown. Place the jack directly under the jack-up Installing the spare tire correct placement and jack-up points for your point as illustrated so the top of the jack specific vehicle model and jack type. SCE0002 WCE0048 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the 2. nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight. tween the wheel and hub. Carefully raise the the wheel nuts finger tight. contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. tighten wheel tire. 1. 6-6 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Also fit the groove of the jack head between nance and do-it-yourself” section of this tions. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be- turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut level ground. To lift the vehicle. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten until the tire is off the ground. The spare tire is designed for emergency Align the jack head between the two use. manual. wrench. With the wheel nut wrench. heading “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte- the jack body and the following instruc.

tighten the wheel nuts securely parked for three hours or more or driven lowed. 6. can damage your vehicle. It could also tightened wheel nuts can cause the 5. WARNING COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to ● If done incorrectly. damage your vehicle. ● Do not use oil or grease on the wheel Keep all sparks and flames away from 7. jump starting can WARNING lead to a battery explosion. Close the hatch. Place the spare tire cover and the hatch floor studs or nuts. clothing or hicle has been driven for 600 miles painted surfaces.s D ). mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval. present in the vicinity of the battery. ● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly severe injury or death. Use of an improperly rated battery The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” specification at all times.6 km). In case of emergency 6-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . wheel to become loose or come off. wrench. carpeting over the damaged tire. the jack strap. tighten the wheel nuts cured after use. imme- As soon as possible. ● The booster battery must be rated at 12 der the heading “Wheels and tires” in volts. less than 1 mile (1. Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle. the touches the ground. section of this manual. Battery fluid is a cor- (1. Lower the vehicle completely. JUMP STARTING 4. To start your engine with a booster battery. come into contact with anything. See specific instructions un. 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) gency use. ● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve.000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire. children.sC . Such items can become diately flush the contacted area with to the specified torque with a torque dangerous projectiles in an accident or water. ● Keep battery out of the reach of Wheel nut tightening torque: ● The spare tire is designed for emer. to become loose. This could cause the nuts the battery. with the wheel instructions and precautions below must be fol- COLD pressure: After vehicle has been nut wrench. Install the jack in its storage area and tighten ● Explosive hydrogen gas is always This could cause an accident. contact with eyes. It is recom. WARNING rosive sulfuric acid solution which can etc. Then. ● Always make sure that the spare tire cause severe burns. ● Do not allow battery fluid to come into 8. sudden stop.s B . skin. in the sequence illustrated (s A . Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure. resulting in the driver side center pillar.). If the fluid should and jacking equipment are properly se.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. If the booster battery is in another vehicle. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so knob can be moved from the LOCK po. Connect jumper cables in the sequence il- lustrated (s A. Move the shift lever WARNING charged. Do not lean over the battery when jump starting. injury. Apply the parking brake. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.s B. goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings.sD ). ● Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. Cover the battery with an old teries near each other. or any other jewelry. charged battery. etc. cloth to reduce explosion hazard. the ignition switch cannot be to N (Neutral) (manual transmission) or to P moved from the LOCK position. even Always follow the instructions below. WCE0054 ● If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis. 3. position the two vehicles to bring their bat- sition. air condi- other vehicle. Then. heater.). 6-8 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Connect the jumper cables to an. and then the ignition 1. as in the case of a dis. always wear suitable eye protectors (for example. metal bands. It could explode and cause se- rious injury. tioner. (Park) (Automatic or Continuously Variable using the mechanical key or the valet Failure to do so could result in damage to Transmission).s C. the charging system and cause personal electrical systems (lights. Switch off all unnecessary key. jump start the vehicle. 4. 2. equipped).● Whenever working on or near a battery. ● Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery.

The (1) and negative (2) to body ground (for with corrosive acid. not contact any other metal. 7. surge could cause the vehicle to collide use the mechanical key to start the engine. the forward For Intelligent Key system equipped models. three-way catalyst may be damaged. let it run for a few minutes. example. 6. etc. In case of emergency 6-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the engine does not start right away.) — not to the battery. ● For manual transmission models. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve- hicle at about 2. started. with the tow vehicle. PUSH STARTING 8. carefully discon- nect the negative cable and then the positive cable. turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and try to start the vehicle by towing it. engine ● Automatic Transmission (AT) or Con- lift bracket. and start the en- gine of the vehicle being jump started. Attempting to do so may cause partment and that the cable clamps do transmission damage. After starting the engine. When the engine starts. tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ● Make sure the jumper cables do not models cannot be push-started or tow- touch moving parts in the engine com. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). never 5. CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. strut mounting bolt.000 rpm. Be CAUTION CAUTION sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover ● Always connect positive (1) to positive the vent holes as it may be contaminated ● Do not push start this vehicle.

Get out of the vehicle. If steam or water is coming from the en- never remove the radiator cap while the gine. ● Do not continue to drive if your vehicle 4. ant is escaping. hair. engine belts or the Open all the windows. If coolant is leaking. Add coolant to the noise. etc. or get caught in. WARNING ● To avoid the danger of being scalded. with the engine running. Open the engine hood. Be careful not to allow your hands. check the cool- high temperature warning light ). Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire. or 1. The radiator hoses and radiator ing out. (If steam or cool. When the radiator burned. overheats. 6-10 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped). Move the vehicle safely off the road. stop the en- the parking brake and move the shift lever to gine. dealer. looseness. possibly causing serious 5.) Do not engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary. Look and listen for 6. take the following steps. running. or if you steam or coolant escaping from the radiator ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank feel a lack of engine power. cap is removed. Also check if the cooling fan is ● Do not open the hood if steam is com. the water pump belt is missing or loose. should not leak water. open the hood further until no steam or Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN WARNING coolant can be seen. apply the cooling fan does not run.IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by a red 3. move the heater or air engine cooling fan. hot and fan control to high speed. N (Neutral) (manual transmission) or to P (Park) (AT or CVT). detect abnormal before opening the hood. with. pressurized hot water will spurt out. WARNING Do not stop the engine. The engine cooling conditioner temperature control to maximum fan can start at any time. Visually check drive belts for damage or injury. jewelry or clothing to come into contact 2. turn off the engine. After the engine cools down. stand clear to prevent getting engine is still hot.

NISSAN ● Always attach safety chains before NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed towing. make sure that the trans- mission. Towing instructions are avail. CAUTION ● When towing. tion of this manual. If TOWING RECOMMENDED BY any unit is damaged. dollies must be used. in the “Technical and consumer information” sec- age your vehicle. able from a NISSAN dealer. ● Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck. In case of emergency 6-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle. NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle. axles.TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle. with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated. Local service opera- tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. refer to “Flat towing” followed. steering system and ACE0511 powertrain are in working condition. Incorrect towing equipment could dam. all State (Provincial in For information about towing your vehicle behind Canada) and local regulations for towing must be a recreational vehicle (RV). It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions: WARNING ● Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device. If it is neces- sary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels. or when towing manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground: – Turn the ignition key to the OFF po- sition. CAUTION ● When towing Automatic Transmission (AT) or Continuously Variable Transmis- ● Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT) sion (CVT) or manual transmission or Continuously Variable Transmission models with the rear wheels on the (CVT) models with the front wheels on ground (if you do not use towing dol- the ground or four wheels on the lies): Always release the parking brake. This may damage the steering lock mechanism. 6-12 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Never secure SCE0199A the steering wheel by turning the ig- nition key to the LOCK position. ground (forward or backward). as this may cause serious and expensive dam- age to the transmission. ● When towing Automatic Transmission (AT) or Continuously Variable Transmis- sion (CVT) models with the front wheels on towing dollies. – Move the gearshift lever to the N (Neutral) position.

4. use the following procedure: ● Do not spin your tires at high speed. an area around the front tires. Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle ● Release the accelerator pedal before tie downs or recovery hooks. etc. Make sure the area in front and behind the result in serious injury. mud. Otherwise. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear damaged. snow. Parts of your vehicle is clear of obstructions. to maintain the rocking motion. snow. ● Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle. WCE0132 pull the vehicle at an angle. to remove the vehicle. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back- CAUTION ward. This could cause them to explode and 1. shifting between R and D (AT and CVT ● Always pull the cable straight out from models) or 1st and R (manual transmis- the front or rear of the vehicle. If your vehicle is stuck in sand. ● Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of ● Shift back and forth between R (reverse) the vehicle or the towing hooks (if so and D (drive) (AT and CVT models) or 1st equipped).. brake or cooling tries. mud. contact a professional towing service Front (if so equipped) systems. straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery. steering. the vehicle body (low) and R (reverse) (manual transmis- will be damaged. vehicle could also overheat and be 2. ● Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free ● Apply the accelerator as little as possible a vehicle stuck in sand. WARNING ● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. etc. Never sion models). 3. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few vehicle) pension. VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck they do not touch any part of the sus. ● Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55 ● Pulling devices should be routed so km/h). sion models). In case of emergency 6-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

6-14 In case of emergency Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . SCE0578 Rear (if so equipped) Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Glass . 7-3 corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Removing spots . 7-2 Floor mats . . . . . . . . 7-5 Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Care Be careful not to scratch the paint surface wax. ● Avoid using tight-napped or rough ing. When it is necessary to park outside. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild finish or leave swirl marks. re-applying wax. household soap. The acid may react with some road salt. plastic vehicle components. seams and folds on the doors. please wash your the detergent. Take care that the ● Do not use car washes that use acid in drain holes in the lower edge of the door are To protect the paint surfaces. store or park your vehicle gents. these areas CAUTION hicle. ● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun. gasoline or solvents. strong chemical deter. Polishing is ● Do not wash the vehicle with strong recommended to remove built-up wax residue ● when dust or mud builds up on the surface. Some car washes. park in a the surface may become water-spotted. bird drop- with your car wash to confirm that acid pings. on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the water. it is important to take proper care of it. damage the vehicle finish. Regular waxing protects the paint surface and on the paint surface. stances so the paint surface is not cutting compounds or cleaners that may scratched or damaged. tree sap. lukewarm hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to (never hot) water. Therefore. metal particles or bugs get is not used. Follow the instructions supplied with the cloths. from acid rain. 7-2 Appearance and care Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . as proper product. dishwashing liquid mixed with clean. Always check WAXING ● when contaminants such as soot. the effects of road salt. not to function properly. appearance. use some acid for wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away ● after a rainfall to prevent possible damage cleaning. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the light or while the vehicle body is hot. open. causing them to crack.CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve. must be taken when removing when putting on or removing the body caked-on dirt or other foreign sub. Spray water under the body and in the vehicle as soon as you can: cially brushless ones. and to avoid a weathered appearance before Whenever possible. cover. must be cleaned regularly. soap. a special vehicle soap or general purpose Inside flanges. ● Do not use a wax containing any abrasives. such as washing mitts. This could affect their A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to ● after driving on coastal roads. helps retain new vehicle appearance. and also could cause them avoid water spots. WASHING Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean Machine compounding or aggressive polishing Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water. shady area or protect the vehicle with a body ● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash- cover. espe. inside a garage or in a covered area.

rear window defroster elements. pletely removed from the tire tread/grooves. take the derbody and suspension. retreated. it may react with the coating and form a compound. Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non- and tree sap as quickly as possible from the do not use sharp-edged tools. wheels when they are hot. Appearance and care 7-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . following precautions: riod and again in the spring. GLASS ● Do not use a cleaner that uses strong ● Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film prevent it from entering the tire acid or alkali contents to clean the from the glass surfaces. it is Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp- compound may come off the tire while driving and necessary to clean the underbody regularly in ened in a mild soap solution. order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and winter months in areas where road salt is used. The coat- be checked and. Glass cleaner and a soft ● Do not apply wheel cleaners to the cloth will easily remove this film. the underseal must CAUTION ● Use a water-based tire dressing. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires. Special cleaning products are available cleaners. The wheel ● Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry temperature should be the same as am. road salt can discolor the wheels. Follow the directions below to avoid ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an staining or discoloring the wheels: oil-based tire dressing.REMOVING SPOTS CAUTION CHROME PARTS Remove tar and oil spots. industrial dust. They could damage the electri- at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory cal conductors. When cleaning the inside of the windows. surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant TIRE DRESSINGS staining. towel. It is normal for glass to tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to wheels. insects. especially during stain the vehicle paint. parked in the hot sun. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub- UNDERBODY ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS ber. not removed. If you choose to use a tire dressing. Before the winter pe. become coated with a film after the vehicle is remove). If causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un. cleaner is applied. if necessary. ● Rinse the wheel to completely remove ● Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom- the cleaner within 15 minutes after the mended by tire dressing manufacturer. This In areas where road salt is used in winter. abrasive abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. Make sure the tire dressing is com- bient temperature. dressings. radio antenna elements or NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire store.

It may dam- dry. Mats should be maintained WAI0006 the meter and gauge lens. plastic parts and seats using a vacuum ommended by the manufacturer. act as a floor mat positioning aid. age the lens cover. with regular cleaning and replaced if they be. solvents. Position the mat should be removed promptly. CAUTION only) ● Never use benzine. be sure they are fitted for bleach the seat material. soft cloth. Do not by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the use saddle soap. tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it facturer’s recommendations.CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior ● Never use fabric protectors unless rec- trim. The driver’s side floor mat has a damaging to leather surfaces and grommet hole incorporated in it. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean. deter. floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in oils. car waxes. your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean pedal operation. read the manu. 7-4 Appearance and care Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . thinner or any simi. easier to clean the interior. Regular care and cleaning is required in order to FLOOR MATS maintain the appearance of the leather. cleaning fluids. soft cloth damp. the footwell. NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve- ● Small dirt particles can be abrasive and hicle model. polishes. gents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather’s natural Periodically check to make certain the mats are finish. cleaner or soft bristled brush. This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to lar material. Some fabric pro. The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex- Before using any fabric protector. properly positioned. then wipe clean with a meter or gauge lens covers. Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side come excessively worn. ● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on ened in mild soap solution. No matter what tectors contain chemicals that may stain or mats are used.

Accumulation of sand. wash with water as soon as possible. Moisture ● Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible. See “Seat belt maintenance” ● The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt Air pollution in the “Safety – Seats. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. the vehicle. cavities. Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity. CORROSION vehicle clean. If present. dirt or salt. dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts. and should be removed for drying to ● Check the underbody for accumulation of avoid floor panel corrosion. and debris in body panel sections. CORROSION sion to those parts which are not well ventilated. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS FROM CORROSION since these materials may severely INFLUENCE THE RATE OF ● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the weaken the seat belt webbing. and other areas. ● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside open to avoid water accumulation. TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE retractor. CORROSION PROTECTION SEAT BELTS MOST COMMON FACTORS Temperature The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro- with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the minor traffic accidents. Road salt also accel- WARNING ings caused by gravel and stone chips or erates the disintegration of paint surfaces. sand. NEVER use bleach. the presence of salt in the air tal restraint system” section of this manual. dirt and water on the ve- hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. in coastal areas. especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used. or heavy road salt use acceler- ● Damage to paint and other protective coat. seat belts and supplemen. Appearance and care 7-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . ates the corrosion process. Industrial pollution.

the underbody must be cleaned periodically. con- sult a NISSAN dealer. Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system. ● Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo- nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them. which may be required in some areas. brake cables. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom. sand or other de- bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. fuel and brake lines. For additional protection against rust and corro- sion. floor pan and fenders. CAUTION ● NEVER remove dirt. 7-6 Appearance and care Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . In winter.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32 Window washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Lights . . . . 8-28 Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Tire pressure. . . . . 8-17 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Tire chains . . 8-22 Changing engine oil . . 8-38 Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 4-speed automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Intelligent Key battery . . . 8-21 Checking engine oil level . . . 8-27 Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . 8-8 Fuses . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Replacing . . . . . 8-13 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 In-cabin microfilter (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Keyfob . . . 8-14 Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . 8-39 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Changing engine oil filter . . 8-26 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . 8-2 Air cleaner . . . . . . 8-13 Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Maintenance requirements. . . . . 8-7 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Passenger compartment . . 8-19 Checking engine coolant level . . . . . 8-25 Temperature conditions for checking. . . . 8-2 Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32 Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . However. you are the only one who NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists can ensure that your vehicle receives proper who are kept up-to-date with the latest service EXPLANATION OF GENERAL maintenance. rollers and links as necessary. rather For your convenience. Also ensure General maintenance includes those items which that all latches lock securely. It is your responsibility to perform these hood from opening when the primary latch is maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed. should be checked during normal day-to-day op. and in-dealership training programs. unless otherwise the maintenance requirements on your vehicle — that necessary maintenance is performed on your specified. In addition. NISSAN dealer do it promptly. a qualified technician. general maintenance should be per- service intervals to save you both time and automotive tools. both required and optional than after they have worked on it. Additional information on the following Scheduled maintenance items with “*” is found later in this section. or. you detect any unusual sounds. closely observe the “Maintenance precau- checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer. should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that Where to go for service repairs are required. Doors and engine hood Check that the doors General maintenance and engine hood operate properly. eration. Lubricate hinges. tions” later in this section. As the vehicle owner. latches. be sure to check for the cause or have a SAN’s good mechanical condition. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the eration. some day-to-day and regular These checks or inspections can be done by you. They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve. in a reliable and economical way. latch pins. information through technical bulletins. if you prefer. is performed. You are a vital link in the mainte.MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE Your new NISSAN has been designed to have Performing general maintenance checks requires During the normal day-to-day operation of the minimum maintenance requirements with long minimal mechanical skill and only a few general vehicle. You must refer to that guide to ensure service department performs the best job to meet performed from time to time. They are essential for proper vehicle op. NISSAN at regular intervals. you emission and engine performance. a NISSAN smells. service MAINTENANCE ITEMS nance chain. have the systems work. It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance. tips. as well as general If maintenance service is required or your vehicle When performing any checks or maintenance maintenance. If money. appears to malfunction. formed regularly as prescribed in this section. hicles before they work on your vehicle. released. as well as its dealer. vibrations or maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS. scheduled maintenance items are described and Outside the vehicle listed in your “NISSAN Service and Maintenance You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s The maintenance items listed here should be Guide”.

Keep the floor mat lights. etc. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur- needed.500 miles (12. items with an “*” is found later in this sec- every position. check lubrication frequently. valve core and cap Additional information on the following operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. If the parking brake needs adjustment. Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied. tail ● For additional information regarding tires. normal highway speeds.000 km). wear if they do not wipe properly. to ensure they transmitter grommet seal. including the The maintenance items listed here should be on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake spare. cleaning the ve. buckles. basis. adjusters from the pedal. or if you detect uneven or operation and make sure the pedal does not bind Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt abnormal tire wear. Inside the vehicle tion regularly. Check that the head restraints tion. and other lights are all refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” away from the pedal. to the pressure specified. The vehicle should be securely held sary. check that the vehicle is held securely with the Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every selector lever in the P (Park) position without 7. NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep the floor mat away system (for example. see a Make sure that the headlights. wheel balancing may be tion. adjust the pressure in all tires. Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks or applying any brakes. there may be a need for wheel or require uneven effort. ously Variable Transmission (CVT) P (Park) necessary. Also (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in check headlight aim. Tighten if months for cracks or other damage. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) hicle. operating properly and installed securely. aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair position mechanism On a fairly steep hill facility. cuts or excessive wear. move up and down smoothly and the locks (if so Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth equipped) hold securely in all latched positions. Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)* When checking Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular the tires. Check the windshield at least every six Automatic Transmission (AT) or Continu- and check for any loose wheel nuts. such as when per- forming periodic maintenance. ther than normal. make sure no wheel nuts are missing. vehicle seems to take longer to stop. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera- corrosive materials. Have a dam. stop lights. Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge often Parking brake Check the parking brake opera- and always prior to long distance trips. etc. checked on a regular basis. Seats Check seat position controls such as seat transmitter components Replace the TPMS adjusters. If neces. turn signal lights. see a NISSAN dealer. the Warranty Information Booklet . Check carefully applied. the pedal feels spongy or the Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis. anchors. seatback recliner. and retractors) operate properly and smoothly. for damage. should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road.When driving in areas using road salt or other alignment.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. etc. It check for the cause and have it corrected imme- should be between the MAX and MIN lines. wear or damage. Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive belts important to remove these substances from the ing system. insects. the wipers do not streak. immediately have the exhaust comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. driving” section of this manual. frame. It is very Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer. Engine coolant level* Check the coolant level Underbody The underbody is frequently ex- bing for cuts. oil. See Windshield wiper and washer* Check that the “Appearance and care” section of this the wipers and washer operate properly and that Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose manual. Check the belt web. worn. Make sure the Brake and clutch fluid levels* Make sure that hoses have no cracks. such as excessive freeplay.and are installed securely. If the sound of the Windshield washer fluid* Check that there is exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of adequate fluid in the reservoir. underbody. where mud and dirt may have accumulated. If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident. See the sufficient quantity when operating the heater or carbon monoxide warning in the “Starting and air conditioner. supports. that may have accumulated. end of winter. in those areas back into the oil pan. fuel lines and exhaust system. At the Engine oil level* Check the level after parking Warning lights and chimes Make sure all the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off. leaves. when the engine is cold. air conditioner after use is normal. the underbody should be thor- warning lights and chimes are operating properly.. otherwise rust may form on the floor steering or strange noises. diately. posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. cracked or oily. hard are not frayed. Windshield defroster Check that the air exhaust fumes. pan. hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the Radiator and hoses Check the front of the battery fluid level. fraying. each time you been parked for a while. 8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . deformation. Water dripping from the check the engine oil or refuel). cracks or holes. rot or loose the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir. radiator and clean off any dirt. Under the hood and vehicle Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain oughly flushed with plain water. connections. The maintenance items listed here should be water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has checked periodically (for example. Ve.

coolant. sary to work under the vehicle. If it is neces- the ignition switch is in the ON position. the fuel der information” in the “Technical and consumer injury. move the selector lever there is proper ventilation for exhaust nector disconnected while the ignition to P (Park). wait until it cools down. belts ● Do not work under the hood while the the vehicle. For manual transmission models. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or- ● On gasoline engine models. always take care to prevent ning. move the shift lever to N (Neu.MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance ● If you must work with the engine run. be sure sion related component harness con- or CVT models. ap. before oil. Turn the engine off and tions which should be closely observed. It may come ● Keep smoking materials. from moving. working on your vehicle. and any other moving parts. flame and which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. gases to escape. ● Never connect or disconnect the battery ● Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or ● Never get under the vehicle while it is or any transistorized component while LOCK position when performing any supported only by a jack. fluids can damage the environment. support it with safety stands. CAUTION work on your vehicle. ● If you must run the engine in an en. and the engine is not running. To avoid able. For Automatic Transmission (AT) closed space such as a garage. switch is in the ON position. watches. clothing. Improperly disposed engine WARNING such as rings. This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section ● Your vehicle is equipped with an auto- gives instructions regarding only those items matic engine cooling fan. Al- ply the parking brake securely and ways conform to local regulations for ● Always wear eye protection whenever block the wheels to prevent the vehicle disposal of vehicle fluid. always disconnect the negative filter or fuel lines should be serviced by information” section of this manual. and could affect warranty coverage. engine coolant and/or other vehicle ● Park the vehicle on a level surface. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The following are general precau. are under high pressure even when the servicing may result in operating difficulties or engine is off. hair serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to and tools away from moving fans. have it done by a NISSAN dealer. If in doubt about any servicing. battery cable before working near the a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines You should be aware that incomplete or improper fan. engine is hot. etc. ● Never leave the engine or the transmis- tral). excessive emissions. parts replacement or repairs. keep your hands. on at any time without warning. even if sparks away from the fuel tank and the ignition key is in the OFF position A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail- battery. you work on your vehicle. ● It is advisable to secure or remove any ● Avoid contact with used engine oil and loose clothing and remove any jewelry.

Engine oil filler cap 2.ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1. Brake and clutch (*1) fluid reservoir 3. Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) dipstick (*2) 7. Battery 5. Engine oil dipstick 10. WDI0631 8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . Engine coolant reservoir 9. Fuse/Fusible link box 6. Air cleaner 4. Radiator cap 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir *1: For Manual Transmission (M/T) model *2: For Automatic Transmission (AT) model NOTE: Engine cover removed for clarity. Drive belt location 11.

may damage the engine cooling ● Never remove the radiator or coolant system. add coolant to the MAX level NISSAN radiator cap. Check the coolant level in the reservoir when sure type radiator cap. When adding or replacing coolant. If the coolant level is below gine damage. check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. have it checked by a NISSAN dealer. reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level s 1 . freeze and 50% demineralized or distilled water. use only a genuine the MIN level s 2 . such as or- WARNING ange. be sure freeze and coolant protection. Antifreeze/Coolant (green) or equivalent Additional engine cooling system additives are with the proper mixture ratio of 50% anti- not necessary. Serious burns could be caused down to NISSAN ized or dis- by high pressure fluid escaping from Long Life tilled water Antifreeze/ SDI1860 the radiator. See precautions in “If your °C °F vehicle overheats” found in the “In case Coolant or CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT equivalent of emergency” section of this manual.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory CAUTION with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant to provide year-round anti. To prevent en. The anti-freeze to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. If the cooling system frequently requires coolant. s1 . The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator. the engine is cold. LEVEL -35 -30 50% 50% ● The radiator is equipped with a pres. If the reservoir is empty. Wait until the engine and radiator cool Outside temperature Genuine Demineral- down.

Re. and pour recommended oil through the as soon as possible. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. wash 2. Turn off the engine. If skin contact is made. 3. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat- ing. The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual. remove the oil filler cap thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner operating temperature. depending on the severity of operating conditions. WARNING ● To avoid the danger of being scalded. This is the normal oper- the parking brake. break-in period. It is normal to add some oil between oil Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Do not overfill s 3 . Recheck oil level with the dipstick. maintenance intervals or during the Check your local regulations. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply L (Low) marks s 1 . minutes for the oil to drain back into 6. ● Avoid direct skin contact with used ating oil level range. ● Never remove the radiator cap when the LDI0520 SDI1597 engine is hot. ENGINE OIL CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant. ● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil. 1. dren and pets. It should be between the H (High) and from the radiator. never change the coolant when the en- gine is hot. Serious burns could be CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 5. If the oil level is below coolant. Wait more than 10 opening. insert it all the way. the oil pan. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil caused by high pressure fluid escaping level. 8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches the L (Low) mark s 2 . 4.

Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply Be careful not to burn yourself. s C Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL CAUTION 1. ● Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. 3. wash WDI0521 thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. replace it at this time. WARNING ● Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Remove the drain plug s B with a wrench by CAUTION turning it counterclockwise and completely Oil level should be checked regularly. 2. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . sB. Remove the oil filler cap s A by turning it ● Check your local regulations. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new 4. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches ● Waste oil must be disposed of prop- operating temperature. s A Oil filler cap ● Keep used engine oil out of reach of s B Oil drain plug children. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug washer. Op. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. oil may be hot. and If the oil filter is to be changed. counterclockwise. Do not use excessive force. The engine the parking brake. erly. 5. erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine. remove and such damage is not covered by warranty. then turn it off. See “Changing engine oil filter” later in this section. 6. drain the oil. If skin contact is made.

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise.39 N·m) Be careful not to burn yourself. Use these engine damage. Add engine oil if necessary. then install the oil filler cap securely. Refill engine with recommended oil through oil may be hot. engine oil. Add engine oil if necessary. 3. 2. 1. The engine 7. 8. then tighten an additional 2/3 turn. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance the drain plug and oil filter. 8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Check the oil level. Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper 6. Start the engine and check for leakage 9. Failure to do so could lead to oil temperature and drain time. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the The drain and refill capacity depends on the engine. Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. Correct as re. Start the engine. s C Oil filter 8. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter s C. specifications for reference only. 5. Drain plug tightening torque: CAUTION 22 . the oil filler opening. See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con- sumer information” section of this manual for CAUTION drain and refill capacity. quired.29 ft-lb (29 . Turn the engine off. s B Oil drain plug is felt. minutes. minutes. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply 9. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean WDI0521 amount of oil is in the engine. Check for leakage around s A Oil filler cap 7. Correct as required. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 the parking brake. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER around the oil filter. 4.

1. – The automatic transmission fluid should be warmed to 122 . 3.4-SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID ● The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera- WARNING tures of 86 . 2. Start the engine and then move the shift selector lever through each gear range. However. end- ing in P (Park). jewelry and clothing away from is warmed up and before driving. – The vehicle should be driven at least 5 minutes. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set ous and should be stored carefully in the parking brake. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . SDI1896 Automatic Transmission (AT) TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FOR CHECKING ● The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range on the dipstick after the following conditions have been met: – The engine should be warmed up to op- erating temperature. any moving parts such as the cooling the fluid should be re-checked using the fan and drive belts. ● Automatic transmission fluid is poison. marked containers out of the reach of children. HOT range.50°C) using the ● When the engine is running.176°F (50 .80°C). keep COLD range on the dipstick after the engine hands.122°F (30 . Check the fluid level with the engine idling.

6. 8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tube as far as it will go. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID CAUTION WARNING DO NOT OVERFILL. WDI0636 4. 5. or in city traffic in hot by the NISSAN new vehicle limited weather. Use Genuine NISSAN ● Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid Matic D ATF or equivalent (if available). which is not covered time at high speeds. 7. checking fluid level. Remove the dipstick and note the reading. Do not mix with other fluids. NS-2. If the fluid level is low add fluid through the dipstick tube. warranty. no addi- tional fluid is required. the fluid level cannot be read ac. ● Using transmission fluid other than NOTE: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will If the vehicle has been driven for a long damage the CVT. Remove the dipstick by pushing s 1 and pulling out s 2 . You should wait until the fluid has When checking or replacement is required. Wipe the dipstick clean with lint-free paper. curately. If the automatic transmission fluid level is within the normal operating range. we cooled down (about 30 minutes) before recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing.

Old. WARNING ● Use only new fluid from a sealed con- tainer. add Genuine NISSAN below the MIN line s 1 . the system should be checked with water. ● Clean the filler cap before removing. inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems. If fluid is 3 fluid up to the MAX line s 2 . Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the fluid level is CAUTION warning light comes on. refer to “Capacities and recom- mended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and consumer information” section of this manual. If fluid must be 3 fluid up to the MAX line s 2 . immediately wash the surface added frequently. If fluid must be spilled. If the Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir fluid level is below the MIN line s 1 or the brake (manual transmissions only). by a NISSAN dealer. the system should be checked added frequently. ● Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and SDI1958 SDI1958 should be stored carefully in marked BRAKE FLUID CLUTCH FLUID containers out of reach of children. This will damage the paint. add Genuine NISSAN Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur. Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir. by a NISSAN dealer. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehicle’s stopping ability. Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT faces.BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind. do not water to the manufacturer’s recom- touch or rub your eyes. ● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or This may result in damage to the paint. your eyes. ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at WARNING full strength. longer. conditions require an increased amount of win- dow washer fluid. ● Keep the battery surface clean and dry. WINDOW WASHER FLUID eyes. then re. add fluid. and in some cases lead to an Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving explosion. Hydrogen gas gener- SDI1866 while filling the window washer reser. ● Do not substitute engine anti-freeze coolant for window washer solution. Follow the manufacturer’s in. 8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . use your finger to plug the mended levels before pouring the fluid wash your hands. Low battery fluid can washer antifreeze. Add a washer solvent to the washer for better ● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in cleaning. shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti. tank to mix the washer fluid concen- and seek medical attention. disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharge. Thoroughly To check the fluid level. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may ● Do not expose the battery to flames or permanently stain the grille if spilled electrical sparks. immediately move it from the reservoir. which can generate heat. skin or clothing. trate and water. Clean the battery with a solution of baking freeze or equivalent. If the acid contacts center hole of the cap/tube assembly. reduce bat- tery life. into the window washer reservoir tank. add a windshield the battery is low. If there is no fluid in the Do not use the window washer reservoir flush with water for at least 15 minutes tube. CAUTION ● Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened. ated by the battery is explosive. Do not voir tank. allow battery fluid to contact your skin. soda and water. fabrics or painted surfaces. In the winter season. cause a higher load on the battery structions for the mixture ratio. After RESERVOIR ● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with touching a battery or battery cap.

al- ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry. WDI0224 WDI0528 Type A Type B 1. Wash hands after handling.● When working on or near a battery. ● Battery posts. Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown. Use a cloth to protect the battery case. ● Keep battery out of the reach of children. terminals and related ac- cessories contain lead and lead com- pounds. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .

see “Jump starting” in the “In case of emergency” section of this manual. JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary. If it is Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under necessary to add fluid. Do not overfill. the filler opening. the battery may have to be replaced. 8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the engine does not start by jump starting. LDI0302 WDI0529 Type A Type B 2. add only distilled severe conditions require frequent checks of the water to bring the level up to the bottom of battery fluid level. Contact a NISSAN dealer. Check the fluid level in each cell.

Do not service LOCK position before servicing drive belt. Crankshaft pulley spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer. Fol- WARNING low the maintenance log shown in the “NISSAN Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or Service and Maintenance Guide”. cuts. 2. Have the belt checked regularly for condi- tion. Automatic tensioner REPLACING SPARK PLUGS 2.DRIVE BELT SPARK PLUGS 1. ● Always replace spark plugs with rec- ommended or equivalent ones. iridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap- The engine could rotate unexpectedly. WDI0638 SDI1895 1. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Generator 3. have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer. If the belt is in poor condition. Water pump Iridium-tipped spark plugs 4. Air conditioner compressor It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped s A 5. ping. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear. or fraying.

dealer for assistance. you could be Be sure to use the correct socket to re. The air cleaner not only cleans the air. on the engine with the air cleaner If replacement is required. and be careful when working can damage the spark plugs. burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner move the spark plugs. it stops the flame if CAUTION the engine backfires. 8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . see your NISSAN dealer. push the tabs s 1 some objectionable outside odors. An incorrect socket removed. ers to be burned.” When replacing the filter. reused. AIR CLEANER WARNING WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are ● Operating the engine with the air off and that the parking brake is engaged cleaner removed can cause you or oth- securely. Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte- IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if so nance Guide. If replacement is required. If it isn’t there. ● Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air SDI1864 cleaner removed. Refer to the and pull the unit upward s2 . “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide” for change intervals. The filter is located behind the glove box. see your NISSAN removed. borne dust and pollen particles and reduces To remove the air cleaner filter. and the engine backfires. Doing so could result The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and in serious injury. wipe the equipped) inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air- cover with a damp cloth.

2. the wiper arm to its original position. REPLACING CAUTION CAUTION Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. 4. Push and hold the release tab s A . aged from wind pressure. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place. replace the blades. otherwise the arms may be dam- 3. ● After wiper blade replacement. Remove the wiper blade. If your wind- shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades SDI1803 and using the wiper. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. age the windshield and impair driver otherwise it may be damaged when the vision. return Worn windshield wiper blades can dam. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running. and then hood is opened. move the wiper blade down s 1 the wiper ● Make sure the wiper blades contact the arm to remove. Then rinse the blades with clear water. 1. glass. wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.

Self-adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. When a brake pad requires re- placement. If something gets sional brake squeak. moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Have the brakes WDI0526 checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator Be careful not to let anything get into the washer sound is heard. a high pitched scraping or screech- ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion. WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. nozzle sA . Occasional brake noise during light to pin sB. squeal or other noise may into the nozzle. BRAKES Rear window wiper blade If the brakes do not operate properly. occa- windshield washer operation. The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed. Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators. 8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied. have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer. remove it with a needle or small be heard. Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace- ment is required. This may cause clogging or improper Under some driving or climate conditions.

LDI0455 LDI0457 Two types of fuses are used. Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under- hood fuse boxes. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Type A is used in the If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse. This will not affect the performance of the fuse. They fuse is installed in the fuse box securely. pocket as shown in the illustration. fuse boxes in the engine compartment. FUSES Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box. For more information regarding brake inspections. see the appropriate mainte- nance schedule information in the “NISSAN Ser- vice and Maintenance Guide”. Type B is the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse used in the passenger compartment fuse box. partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes. Only use type A fuses in the Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com- underhood fuse boxes. Make sure the Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses.

Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF. The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment. check for an open fuse. If a new fuse also opens. then the left side s 3 . have the electrical Never use a fuse of a higher or lower system checked and repaired by a NISSAN amperage rating than specified on the dealer. 8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 1. fuse box cover. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. 3. 2. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab s1 and lifting the cover up from the right side s2 . 4. If any electrical equipment does not come on. replace it with a new fuse s B. If the fuse is open s A . This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. WDI0551 WDI0452 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 5. Open the engine hood. CAUTION 6.

1. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller s 2 . 3. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. see a NISSAN dealer.s 2 and s3 . SDI1869 SDI1870 Fusible links PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition. check the fusible CAUTION links in the holders s1 . If any electrical equipment does not operate. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If any of these Never use a fuse of a higher or lower fusible links are melted. replace only with genuine amperage rating than specified on the NISSAN parts. check for an open fuse. 2. For checking and replacing the fusible links in holders s 2 and s3 . fuse box cover. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF. Pull the fuse box cover to remove s 1 .

5. Push the fuse box cover to install. WDI0452 LDI0456 Type A Type B 4. have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer. BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts. 6. 8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If a new fuse also opens. If the fuse is open sA . replace it with an equivalent good fuse sB.

● Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction. s 2 Remove the battery s B. 5. perform step 5. if it does get wet. LDI0484 KEYFOB s 3 Install a new battery s with the “+” facing C FCC Notice: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- down. immediately wipe completely dry. ● The keyfob is water-resistant. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Recommended battery: CR2025 or equivalent. battery across the contact points will seri. Holding the ance could void the user’s authority to op- s 1 Open the lid using a coin s A. erate the equipment. ● An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment. This range may vary with conditions. Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows: proved by the party responsible for compli- ● Hold the battery by the edges. Press the button. s 4 Close the lid securely. then the button two or three times to check the key- fob operation. how- ever. If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement. ● The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. ously deplete the storage capacity.

Insert a small screwdriver s A into the slit sB cluding interference that may cause undes. SDI1867 8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . in. 2. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. must accept any interference received. Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva- lent. Replace the battery with a new one. ● Do not touch the internal circuit and elec- tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. 3. Use a cloth to protect the casing. Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol- lows: Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause 1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli- harmful interference.This device complies with Part 15 of the INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada. upper part from the lower part. of the corner and twist it to separate the ired operation of the device. and (2) this device gent Key. ● Hold the battery by the edges. ● Make sure that the + side faces the bot- tom of the case.

bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed. contact a NISSAN dealer. moisture. ● Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for period of time. They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as- sembly. necessary. entering the headlight body may FCC Notice: affect bulb performance. bulb. ● Only touch the base when handling the erate the equipment. Canada. When aiming adjustment is 4. See a NISSAN dealer for replacing the head- lights. Operate the buttons to check the operation. Touching the glass could significantly This device complies with Part 15 of the affect bulb life and/or headlight FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry performance. Never touch the glass envelope. The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which cluding interference that may cause undes. replacement. ired operation of the device. proved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the user’s authority to op. in. Close the lid securely as illustrated s C s D. Dust. and (2) this device must accept any interference received. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . etc. CAUTION ● Aiming is not necessary after replacing WDI0535 the bulb. 5. uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. LIGHTS Operation is subject to the following two HEADLIGHTS conditions: (1) This device may not cause Replacing the halogen headlight bulb harmful interference. smoke. Remove the Changes or modifications not expressly ap.

● High pressure halogen gas is sealed EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS inside the halogen bulb. Headlight assembly*2 ● Use the same number and wattage as High/low (Halogen) 60/55 H4 originally installed: Park/Turn 21 7507 LF High/low beam: Front clearance light 5 WY5W Wattage: 60/55 Front fog light*2 (if so equipped) 35 H8 Bulb no.: H4 Front map lights (if so equipped) 8 AL54 Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the Room light 8 AL54 exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. contact a NISSAN dealer. 8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . The bulb may Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. *2 If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer. High-mounted stop light Inside 18 921 Spoiler*2 (if so equipped) LED — Hatchback*2 (if so equipped) LED — Rear combination light*2 Turn signal light 21 7507 LF Stop/Tail 21/5 12499 Backup (reversing) 21 7506 LF License plate light*2 5 2J8 *1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information. If large drops of water collect Trunk light (sedan) inside the lens.*1 break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. A Glove box light*2 (if so equipped) 1. This is not Luggage compartment light (hatchback) / 5 — a malfunction.4 — temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog.

Rear combination light WDI0575 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . High-mounted stop light 7. Room light 3. s 1 Front view 1. Front map lights (if so equipped) 2. Headlight assembly s2 Rear view (hatchback) s3 Rear view (sedan) 5. Luggage compartment light (hatchback) Trunk light (sedan) 6. License plate light 8. Front fog light (if so equipped) 4.

lamp and/or cover. SDI1805 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A. B. C or D. When replacing a bulb. first remove the lens. Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation 8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . SDI1499A WDI0624 Room light Map lights (if so equipped) Use a cloth to protect the housing.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . (Hatchback) Use a cloth to protect the housing. LDI0625 SDI1873 WDI0343 High-mounted stop light (sedan) Luggage compartment light Trunk light (Sedan) Open the trunk to access the bulb base.

S. certifica- warning light is lit.M. dling characteristics and could sure warning light” in the “Instruments and The tire pressures should be checked also lead to a serious accident.S.WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire. unsafe operat- or if the vehicle strikes a curb while ing conditions due to premature example a flat tire while driving). see the “In case of Tire inflation pressure Incorrect tire pressure. For more details.S./C. pacity may also result in failure of ing System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and considered COLD after the vehicle has other vehicle components.V. or driven case of emergency” section. driving” section. because: Loading Information label (if so The TPMS will activate only when the ● Most tires naturally lose air over time. including un- emergency” section of this manual. “Tire Pressure Monitor. refer to “Low tire pres. or the Tire and Loading Information label Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).V. The vehicle weight ca- pressures should be checked regularly pacity is indicated on the Tire and tires is significantly under-inflated. when the tires are cold.6 km) at moderate speeds./C. certification label ● Improperly inflated tires can fail This vehicle is equipped with the Tire suddenly and cause an accident. or unfavorable han- parking.S. Tire F. may adversely affect Check the tire pressures (including the TIRE PRESSURE tire life and vehicle handling. this system may not de. ● The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating monitors tire pressure of all tires except The Tire and Loading Information label is (GVWR) is located on the the spare. one or more of your tion label. and “Flat tire” in the “In been parked for 3 or more hours. Over- (25 km/h). equipped). WARNING (TPMS) sure specifications are shown on the F. der inflation. The tires are Loading beyond the specified ca- controls” section.S.M.M.S. When the low tire pressure affixed to the driver side center pillar.V. Also. Do not load your ve- vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH hicle beyond this capacity. ● Tires can lose air suddenly when loading your vehicle may result in tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for driven over potholes or other objects reduced tire life.M. less than 1 mile (1.S. The recommended tire pres. tire failure. 8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .S. spare) often and always prior to long dis- Tire Pressure Monitoring System tance trips.V. It under the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading.

vehicle has been parked for 3 or more in the vehicle. LDI0549 garding tires. loss of control and possible injury. s 3 Original tire size: The size of the tires driveability. ber of occupants that can be seated mation Booklet. ● For additional information re. the factory. hours. refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or Tire and loading information label s 4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. etc. manufacturer to provide the best bal- ance of tire wear. ● Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH (137 km/h) unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires. tire noise. or whenever you heavily load your vehicle.● Before taking a long trip.6 s 2 Vehicle load limit: See loading infor. “Tire Safety Information” s 1 Seating capacity: The maximum num- Tires are considered COLD after the (Canada) in the Warranty Infor. Driving faster than 85 MPH (137 km/h) may result in tire fail- ure.. km) at moderate speeds. mended cold tire inflation is set by the sumer information” section. or driven less than 1 mile (1. up to the originally installed on the vehicle at vehicle’s GVWR. s 5 Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” later in this section. vehicle handling. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The recom- mation in the “Technical and con.

Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.s 6 Spare tire size (if so equipped). 3. Checking tire pressure 7. 33 PSI hard or force the valve stem side. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed. If too much air is added. Remove the gauge. Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 2. LDI0393 6. 33 PSI heard while checking the pressure. 60 PSI T125/70*15 leakage. or air will escape. press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Add air to the tire as needed. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica- tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label (if so equipped) or Tire Placard (if so equipped). 4. 5. Check the pressure of all other tires. Do not press too Front Original Tire: 230 kPa. P185/65R15 ways. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Spare Tire: reposition the gauge to eliminate this 420 kPa. Install the valve stem cap. including the spare. 1. 8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If the hissing Rear Original Tire: sound of air escaping from the tire is P185/65R15 230 kPa.

cause it is not required by law. You may not can be used to identify the tire in case of a wall edge. 2. each tire can support. known as the aspect ratio. WDI0394 WDI0395 Example Example TIRE LABELING s 1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H) 4. tires have this information). 3. P: The 9P9 indicates the tire is de. gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. Two-digit number (65): This number. Two-digit number (15): This number place standardized information on the signed for passenger vehicles (not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.or three-digit number (95): This characteristics of the tire and also pro. It is a vides the tire identification number (TIN) ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight for safety standard certification. R: The 9R9 stands for radial. sidewall of all tires. Three-digit number (215): This num. Federal law requires tire manufacturers to 1. number is the tire’s load index. tifies and describes the fundamental 6. The TIN the tire from sidewall edge to side. find this information on all tires be- recall. 5. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Two. This information iden.

You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating. 7. ample. Four numbers represent the week can be placed above. If these numbers 2. ture ment Of Transportation. Three-digit code: Tire type code new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX (Optional) XXXX) 5. Two-digit code: Tire size 8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . identification mark 3. For ex- left or right of Tire Identification Num. H: Tire speed rating. Three-digit code: Date of Manufac- 1. below or to the and year the tire was built. DOT: Abbreviation for the 9Depart. WDI0396 Example s 2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a 4. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s are missing.9 The symbol 6. the numbers 3103 means the ber. then look on the other sidewall of the tire. 31st week of 2003.

brand. Tire manufactur. The word “radial” is shown if the tire has WARNING coated fabric in the tire. All Season or Snow) and and others. construction. always face outward when mounted on a All season tires stalled tire. or (2) the out. which include steel. formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa- in kilograms and pounds that can be car- ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa- ried by the tire. polyester. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . s 8 Manufacturer or brand name sure all four tires are of the same type (i. always use a tire that has tire that has a particular side that must tion Booklet. on the tire sidewall. Summer. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.s 3 Tire ply composition and material s 7 The word “radial” TYPES OF TIRES The number of layers or plies of rubber. s 5 Maximum load rating model name molding that is higher or ● For additional information regarding deeper than the same molding on the This number indicates the maximum load tires. and may not match the potential flation pressure. NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod- s 6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” els to provide good performance all year. contains a whitewall. size. refer to “Important Tire Safety In- other sidewall of the tire.e. All Season Indicates whether the tire requires an in. Manufacturer or brand name is shown. A NISSAN dealer may be s4 Maximum permissible inflation pres. Other Tire-related Terminology able to help you with information about tire type. radial structure. tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”). Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.. nylon. speed rating and sure In addition to the many terms that are availability. vehicle. ers also must indicate the materials in the ● When changing or replacing tires. be tire. and/or maximum vehicle speed. bears white lettering tires. Do Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that speed rating than the factory equipped not exceed the maximum permissible in. or bears manufacturer. When replacing the tires on the vehicle. This number is the greatest amount of air defined throughout this section. the same load rating as the factory in. Intended ● Replacement tires may have a lower pressure that should be put in the tire. includ- ing snowy and icy road conditions.

Other types may the potential maximum vehicle speed. TIRE CHAINS ONLY spare tire. chains in such conditions can cause damage to location. damage your vehicle. some U. use of a winter traction device (tire chains or Generally. brand. it can the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or adversely affect the safety and handling of your body component required to accommodate the vehicle. NISSAN recommends the use of they are the proper size for the tires on your SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four vehicle and are installed according to the chain wheels. recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. state and provincial laws before installing mance may be adversely affected. When installing tire chains. conditions. Check be damaged and/or vehicle handling and perfor- local. avoid fully loading your For additional traction on icy roads.Summer tires studded tires. it is necessary to select Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de- tires equivalent in size and load rating to the signed to meet the minimum clearances between original equipment tires. Class “S” chains are used on Snow tires vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. If snow tires are needed. Use only SAE class “S” chains. Check the local laws before installing the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy tire chains. make sure some overstress. However. or underbody. to provide superior performance on dry roads. they must be the same must be secured or removed to prevent the pos- size. states and at a reduced speed. snow tires have lower speed ratings cables). In addition. 8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . your vehicle may Canadian provinces prohibit their use. If possible. construction and tread pattern on all sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders four wheels. Driving with Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to the tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall. Use chain tensioners when ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. Loose end links of the tire chain If you install snow tires. drive may be used. The minimum clearances are determined than factory equipped tires and may not match using the factory equipped tires. Summer tires do not have Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Otherwise. studded tires vehicle when using tire chains. Never ex. Skid and traction capabilities of Tire chains must be installed only on the studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be front wheels and not on the rear wheels. If you do not.S. duced in snow and ice. manufacturer’s suggestions. Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE Summer tire performance is substantially re. NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

). placing procedures.500 miles (12. etc. ● Tires should be periodically in- See “Flat tire” in the “In case of emer. WARNING ● For additional information re. tighten the mation Booklet. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . spected for wear. cracking. WARNING ● After rotating the tires. WDI0258 ● Retighten the wheel nuts when WDI0259 the vehicle has been driven for CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES 600 miles (1. the tire rotation. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval. Tire wear and damage NISSAN recommends rotating the tires ● Do not include the spare tire in every 7. bulging (Canada) in the Warranty Infor. Location mark Tire rotation cases of a flat tire. cracks.000 km) (also in 1. or deep cuts are found. with a torque wrench.000 km). “Tire Safety Information” If excessive wear. bulg- Tire Safety Information” (US) or ing or objects caught in the tread. Wear indicator 2. refer to “Important gency” section of this manual for tire re. Wheel nut tightening torque: 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) The wheel nuts must be kept tight- ened to specifications at all times. garding tires. check and adjust the tire pressure. wheel nuts to the specified torque should be replaced. the tire(s) As soon as possible.

speed rating and load carrying capacity tire(s) should be replaced. ● For additional information re. Wheels of a different off-set could as originally equipped. tire chain clearance. indicated. When the When replacing a tire. 8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . body-to. garding tires. or tread patterns dimensions. degrade ve- ● Tires degrade with age and use. of this manual for wheel off-set bias-belted or radial). always replace with wheels which wear indicators are visible. and bumper height. Re- vious. construction (bias. fects may lead to accidents and could The light will remain on after 1 minute. WARNING and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. refer to “Important Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as Tire Safety Information” (US) or possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting. “Technical and consumer information” section of interference with the brake over 6 years old checked by a this manual. sizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the hicle handling characteristics and/or Have tires. headlight aim and the low tire pressure warning light dealer. ● Replacing tires with those not originally mation Booklet. braking. ● The use of tires other than those recom. If it is necessary to repair the tire clearance. Such interference can qualified technician because lead to decreased braking efficiency some tire damage may not be ob. will flash for approximately 1 minute. the have the same off-set dimension. is replaced. design. the TPMS will not function spare tire.● The original tires have built-in Replacing wheels and tires ● If the wheels are changed for any rea- tread wear indicators. “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor. result in serious personal injury. Replace the tires as neces. handling. discs/drums. Some of these ef. fer to “Wheels and tires” in the “Techni- sary to prevent tire failure and mended or the mixed use of tires of cal and consumer information” section possible personal injury. ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel may result in serious personal in. different brands. ground clearance. tread son. specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. Recommended types and cause premature tire wear. including the spare. tire pressure will not be jury. contact a NISSAN speedometer calibration. use the same size. ● Improper service of the spare tire can adversely affect the ride.

Such wheels or tires could have ● The spare tire should be used for emer- to maintain their appearance. Such damage may cause loss of ● Periodically check spare tire inflation tion Booklet. Even with regular use. your vehicle could be damaged or could lead to mechanical damage. ● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare and tire life. refer to “Important Tire Safety In. Avoid tires. ● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or driving. wheels can get tire installed do not drive the vehicle at out of balance. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . on the front wheels (drive wheels). 4. snow or ice. they should be bal. refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor- mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In- formation Booklet . pressure. Therefore. Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter. with the standard tire at the first oppor- ● Clean the inner side of the wheels when the tunity to avoid possible tire or differen- ● The use of retread tires is not wheel is changed or the underside of the tial damage. pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. ● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle paired.● Do not install a damaged or deformed Care of wheels WARNING wheel or tire even if it has been re. ● Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY ● For additional information regarding ● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing USE ONLY spare tire is installed. the TEMPORARY USE Observe the following precautions if the TEM- formed with the wheels off the vehicle. Always keep the pressure of Wheel balance the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire ● NISSAN recommends waxing the road at 60 psi (420 kPa.2 bar). gency use only. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle rear wheels and the original tire used Otherwise. spare tire) ● When driving on roads covered with Wheel balance service should be per. Use involved in an accident: tire chains only on the front (original) ● For additional information regarding tires. anced as required. recommended. vehicle is washed. It should be replaced structural damage and could fail with- out warning. ONLY spare tire should be used on the PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used. the wheels. sharp turns and abrupt braking while formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa. tires. Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h). tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa- corrosion.

Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam- age to the vehicle.● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Also. do not drive over obstacles. 8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . To avoid damage to the vehicle. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear. do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught. ● Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles. CAUTION ● Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO- RARY USE ONLY spare tire. ● Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time. ● Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO- RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed. ● Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire. ground clearance is reduced.

9-6 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Fuel recommendation . .M. . . 9-20 Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Vehicle identification . . . . . . 9-18 (chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ./C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S. . . 9-20 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . 9-10 In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-12 recommendations . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . 9-15 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 F. . . 9-12 Specifications. . . . 9-9 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . .V. . . . . . 9-10 Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Vehicle identification number Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S. . . . . . . . 9-18 Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Determining vehicle load capacity . . . . . . 9-7 Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S. . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Emission control system warranty . . . 9-11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V. . . . . . . .M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Viscosity SAE 75W-80 Automatic transmission fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF or equivalent (if available) Brake and clutch fluid the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. When refilling.9 • Engine oil with API Certification Mark *2 Without oil filter change 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3. *5: Never mix different types of fluids. see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations.0 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91) *1 Engine oil *7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 4-1/8 qt 3-3/8 qt 3.” *7: For further details. Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 13-1/4 gal 11 gal 50. *4: Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer.*8 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid *4 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No.” *2: For further details. 9-2 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . see “Fuel recommendation. follow the procedure described in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different.8 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent 50% Demineralized or distilled water Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) — — Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS-2 *3 — fluid Manual transmission gear oil — — — ELF XT4447 M+ 75W-80 or API GL-4. *8: See your NISSAN dealer for service. *6: For further details. 2 (Lithium Soap base) Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a) *5 Air conditioning system oil M/T and AT — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or equivalent *6 CVT — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent *6 Windshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent *1: For further details. which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT transmission.CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities. see “Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations.7 •Viscosity SAE 5W-30 *2 Cooling system With reservoir 1-3/4 gal 1-1/2 gal 6. see “Engine oil” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.” *3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2.

If in doubt. covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim.) supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- gests that you use reformulated gasoline when ● If a methanol blend is used. it should CAUTION available. rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications. sion inhibitors. It could adversely affect the emission Gasoline containing oxygenates should also contain a suitable amount control system. be added up to ber (Research octane number 91). designed to reduce vehicle emissions. Using E-85 fuel can damage manager. because this corrosion inhibitors. contain no more than 5% methanol ● Using a fuel other than that specified (methyl alcohol. MTBE and methanol ● Under no circumstances should a lated with appropriate cosolvents and with or without advertising their presence. to improve emission control system and vehicle performance. If any driveability problems such as engine stall- fuels may cause vehicle performance problems ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced after and/or fuel system damage. immediately ● The fuel should be unleaded and have change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets an octane rating no lower than that low blend of MTBE. blends may cause fuel system damage which the oxygenate content and the fuel com- and/or vehicle performance problems. the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi. NISSAN 15%. If not properly formu- genates such as ethanol. lated gasolines. leaded gasoline be used. such methanol NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of will damage the three-way catalyst. Gasoline containing oxygenates can bile manufacturers developed this specification cause paint damage. the following precautions as the usage of such ited warranty. wood alcohol). recommended for unleaded gasoline. patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de- At this time. please take hicles. These gasolines are specially (MTBE may. are suitable for use in NISSAN ve- the fuel system components and is not If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline. tain no more than 10% oxygenate.FUEL RECOMMENDATION Reformulated gasoline ● If an oxygenate-blend other than methanol blend is used. Gasoline specifications using oxygenate-blend fuels. ● Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. however. it should con- Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu. ask your service station able to ensure that all methanol blends E-85 fuel. Technical and consumer information 9-3 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . sufficient data is not avail- Your vehicle is not designed to run on termined. and may also affect the of appropriate cosolvents and corro- Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy- warranty coverage. Many of the automo- eling. Take care not to spill gasoline during refu- cations where it is available.

now and then you may notice NISSAN does not recommend the use of any light spark knock for a short time while aftermarket fuel additives (for example. or if you hear steady spark knock gasoline. This is not a tor cleaner.S. cause for concern.E–85 fuel roads. varnish greatest fuel benefit when there is light or deposit removal may contain active solvents or spark knock for a short time under heavy similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel engine load. heavy “spark knock. If any of the above symptoms are en- the appropriate percentage for that region. CAUTION Octane rating tips ● Your vehicle is not designed to run on Using unleaded gasoline with an octane E-85 fuel. E-85 can is not responsible. have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer. If you vehicle limited warranty. square. orange cause excessive fuel consumption or engine and black label with the common abbreviation or damage. because you get the Many of these additives intended for gum. etc.” (“Spark can damage fuel system components knock” is a metallic rapping noise. orange and ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small. while holding a steady speed on level 9-4 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Do Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark tion or the appropriate percentage for not use E-85 in your vehicle. Aftermarket fuel additives However. have a NISSAN dealer correct the ● U. octane booster. government regulations require condition.) If se. square. and is not covered by the NISSAN new vere. detect a persistent heavy spark knock even ● E-85 is a mixture of approximately 85% when using gasoline of the stated octane fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded rating.) which are sold commercially. black label with the common abbrevia- only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). intake valve deposit removers. U. after-run and/or overheating. Using E-85 fuel in a vehicle rating lower than recommended can cause not specifically designed for E-85 fuel persistent. for which NISSAN fied by a small. this can lead to engine damage. Failure to correct the condition ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi- E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel is misuse of the vehicle.S. government knock. system and engine. which may that region. fuel injec- accelerating or driving up hills. countered.

ranty. rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel tenance intervals are followed. Change intervals tion mark on the front of the container. Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature. See 9Capacities recommended oil and filter change intervals NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil could reduce engine life. or exceeding engine life and performance. covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war- economy. quality quality oils and filters. Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been Select only engine oils that meet the American previously used should not be used. it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper- ated before the next oil change. Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. NISSAN recommends the use of an sary when the proper oil type is used and main. caused by improper maintenance or use of incor- section. Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage. Because of this. Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna- tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Technical and consumer information 9-5 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its WTI0183 equivalent for the reason described in “Change intervals”. ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis- RECOMMENDATIONS cosity standard. Oils which The oil and oil filter change intervals for your Selecting the correct oil do not have the specified quality label should not engine are based on the use of the specified be used as they could cause engine damage. Damage to the engine and recommended fuel/lubricants9 earlier in this additives. When re- placing. These oils have the API certifica. Using engine oil and filters and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory Oil additives that are not of the specified quality. The use of an oil additive is not neces. It is essential to choose the correct grade.

ant. Type S (CVT only) or the exact equivalents. Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM conditioner system. Oil and filter change intervals depend cause severe damage to the air condition- upon how you use your vehicle. NISSAN A/C system oil Type R (automatic and manual transmission only). require more frequent oil and filter changes: The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your ● repeated short distance driving at cold out. 9-6 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .Your engine was filled with a high-quality engine CAUTION oil when it was built. A NISSAN dealer has the trained ● stop and go commuting technicians and equipment needed to recover Refer to the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance and recycle your air conditioner system refriger- Guide” for the maintenance schedule. NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozone side temperatures layer. certain government regula- ● driving in dusty conditions tions require the recovery and recycling of any ● extensive idling refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys- tem service. You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change The use of any other refrigerant or oil will interval. ing system and will require the replace- ment of all air conditioner system Operation under the following conditions may components. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth’s atmosphere. REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger- ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil.

1) Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.C.D.T. Ignition timing (degree B. Technical and consumer information 9-7 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model MR18DE Type Gasoline.65 (1.193 (84. DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder.0 x 81. inline Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3. at idle speed) CO % at idle Spark plug FXE20HR11 Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.1) Displacement cu in (cm3) 109.043 (1.798) Firing order 1–3–4–2 Idle speed M/T AT and CVT (in “N” position) No adjustment is necessary.307 x 3. 4-cycle.

5 (1./C.695) Overall height 60.S.1 (4.57 (40) Tire size P185/65R15 Spare tire T125/70D15 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Unit: in (mm) Body Type Hatchback Sedan Overall length 169.5 (1.600) Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) Gross axle weight rating See the “F.600) 102.480) 58. Rear lb (kg) 9-8 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .7 (1.3 (1.S.4 (1.V.V.485) 58.0 (4.M.5JJ 1.7 (1.4 (2. certification label” on the center pillar between the driver’s side front and Front lb (kg) rear doors.485) Wheelbase 102.4 (2.535) 60.535) Front Track 58.695) 66.295) 176.470) Overall width 66.S.4 (1.M.WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Offset in (mm) Aluminum and steel 15 x 5.480) Rear Track 58.3 (1.S.

registration. transpor. STI0457 STI0465 The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis- sion control and safety standards vary according VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER to the country. The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate is The vehicle identification number is located as When any vehicle is to be taken into an. Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage. This number is the identifica. other country. Technical and consumer information 9-9 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve- hicle in another country. state. its modifications. attached as shown. it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations. (VIN) PLATE (chassis number) fore. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result. When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. there. tation. province or district tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle and registered. avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available. and registration are the responsibil- ity of the user. shown. vehicle specifications may differ. state. state. There- fore. province or district. you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi- cle’s engine. province or district.

M. EMISSION CONTROL The number is stamped on the engine as shown. CERTIFICATION LABEL INFORMATION LABEL The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety The emission control information label is at- Standard (F.S.S. such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR). Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).S.S.M.V. STI0466 STI0349 WTI0059 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F. Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). etc.S. Review it carefully. tached to the underside of the hood as shown.S.S. This label contains valu- able vehicle information./C.M.M.V. bel is affixed as shown.V.) certification la./C.V.S. 9-10 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . month and year of manufacture.

LTI0170 Technical and consumer information 9-11 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . The label is located as shown. shown. INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE STI0453 LTI0201 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label.

/C. 9-12 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .S. It is important to familiarize yourself with F.V. ● Curb Weight (actual weight of your rating) .M. This informa- 2.S. cargo.M. Mount the license plate bracket using the vehicle) .S. 1. Use the two shorter hex head screws to ids.M. a shallow hole in the bumper fascia using a ● Be sure everyone in your vehicle 0. This weight does not in- bracket using the two M6-14 mm bolts. Insert a small flat-bladed screwdriver into vehicle: the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of ● GCWR (Gross Combined Weight the grommet 90°. belts. To avoid damaging the is in a seat and using a seat belt ● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - area behind the fascia. In bag: a collision. trailer ● License plate screws x 2 area of your vehicle that is not tongue load and any other optional equipped with seats and seat equipment. 3. and trailer.M.vehicle weight including: rating of the vehicle. TERMS for the front or rear axle. the following parts are enclosed in the plastic in a cargo area inside a vehicle. luggage./C. certification the following terms before loading your label. properly. people riding in these ● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- areas are more likely to be seri. This information is lo- ● Screw grommets x 2 cated on the F.V.maximum total combined ● License plate bracket ously injured or killed. maximum weight (load) limit specified sure to the drill. hitch. ing) .S.curb plate: weight plus the combined weight of Before mounting the license plate. and spare tire mount the license plate to the license plate assembly. apply only light pres.S. pas- ● License plate bracket screws x 2 ● Do not allow people to ride in any sengers. two longer screws s 3 . clude passengers and cargo. VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION Use the following steps to mount the front license WARNING ● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . emergency tools.S. confirm that ● It is extremely dangerous to ride passengers and cargo. Insert the grommets s 2 into the holes in the tion is located on the bumper fascia.S. 5.S.V.V.39 in (10 mm) drill. passengers. Hold the license plate bracket s 1 and make certification label. weight of the unloaded vehicle. standard and optional equipment. flu.The maximum total weight 4.

If either the front or rear GAWR The load capacity of this vehicle is deter. found at (passengers and cargo) for the ve. After loading (cargo and passen- of cargo. mine if either GVWR or GAWR for DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD your vehicle is exceeded. cluded as part of the cargo load. shift the load or remove mined by weight.permissible weight 3. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer. Compare the curb weight amount to information is located on the Tire and the GVWR specified for your vehicle Loading Information label (if so to determine how much more weight equipped). not by available cargo cargo as necessary. Determine the curb weight of your trailer tongue weight must be in. Technical and consumer information 9-13 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X .maximum total Vehicle weight can be determined by us- weight limit specified of the load ing a commercial-grade scale. places such as a truck stop. can be loaded into the vehicle. cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle. is exceeded. ● Cargo capacity . vehicle. your vehicle can carry. space. remove cargo as neces- sary. Load limit. gravel quarry. ● Vehicle Capacity Weight. This is the maximum combined grain elevator. For example. the subtracted weight of gers). the 1. a luggage rack. To determine vehicle load capacity: Total load capacity . If GVWR is CAPACITY exceeded. or a scrap metal recycling weight of occupants and cargo that facility. re-weigh your vehicle to deter- occupants from the load limit. This 2. hicle. bike carrier.

Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. 3. Steps for determining correct load limit 1. and there will be five 150 lb. 2. For example. passengers in your vehicle. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.) WTI0169 Example 9-14 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—debbie X . if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s placard. the amount of avail- able cargo and luggage load capac- ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs) or (640-340 (5 X 70) = 300 kg. The resulting figure equals the avail- able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.

Doing so will exceed the move items to bring all weights below the GVWR. vehicle handles. If ● Do not load the front and rear axle to weight ratings are exceeded. unsecured cargo could and personal injury. Determine the combined weight of WARNING ● Overloading not only can shorten luggage and cargo being loaded on the life of your vehicle and the the vehicle. parts of your vehicle MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS this section. but can also cause unsafe ropes or straps to help prevent it vehicle handling and longer brak- safely exceed the available cargo and from sliding or shifting. caused by overloading are not that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle ● Do not load your vehicle any covered by the vehicle’s Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. can break. premature tire failure which Step 4.V. 5. These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. Individual axle loads should not ex- ● The GVW must not exceed GVWR ceed either of the gross axle weight rat- or GAWR as specified on the ings (GAWR). could result in a serious accident Before driving a loaded vehicle. See “Measurement of Weights” later in If you do. Secure loose items to prevent weight Also check tires for proper inflation pres.M. This could result vehicle. The total of the axle loads F.V. tire damage could oc.S. Do not luggage load capacity calculated in ing distances. ratings. maximum front and rear GAWRs. backs. weight rating (GVWR). cur.S. confirm sion. sonal injury. move or re- the GAWR.S. or it can change the way your shifts that could affect the balance of your sures. In a sudden stop or colli. Failures cause personal injury./C. That weight may not ● Properly secure all cargo with tire. This may cause a place cargo higher than the seat.M. certification should not exceed the gross vehicle label.S. to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle LOADING TIPS loads. See the Tire and Loading Informa. drive in loss of control and cause per- tion label. Technical and consumer information 9-15 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . heavier than the GVWR or the warranty. When the vehicle is loaded.

a tire graded ● DO NOT tow any continuously variable Manual Transmission 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times transmission vehicle with all four as well on the government course as a tire graded ● Always tow with the manual transmission in 100. start and and may depart significantly from the norm due to lubrication. never backward. Failure to idle the engine differences in road characteristics and climate. Automatic Transmission DOT (Department of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to FLAT TOWING To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic federal safety requirements in addition to these transmission. this manual. Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the be placed under the towed vehicle’s drive ground is sometimes called flat towing. The relative performance of tires depends wheels on the ground (flat towing). service practices and tral for two minutes. upon the actual conditions of their use. turer’s recommendations when using their prod. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. variations in driving habits. Continuously Variable Transmission Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A CAUTION To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission. A. Always follow the dolly manufac. however. drive wheels. ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis- sion parts due to lack of transmission ● After towing 500 miles (805 km). are parts. AA. B and C to “Towing recommended by NISSAN” may cause damage to internal transmission in the “In case of emergency” section of The traction grades. the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and behind a recreational vehicle. based on the wear rate of the tire when tested ● Whenever flat towing your vehicle. For example: home. idle the engine with the transmission in Neu. B. from highest to lowest. This wheels. al. ernment test course. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea- sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con- crete. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s Quality grades can be found where applicable on method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle recommendations when using their product. For example. and C. uct. 9-16 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . Do- Neutral.TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST grades. an appropriate vehicle Treadwear ● Failure to follow these guidelines can dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s The treadwear grade is a comparative rating result in severe transmission damage. such as a motor maximum section width. A. ● For emergency towing procedures refer after every 500 miles (805 km) of towing Traction AA. under controlled conditions on a specified gov- ways tow forward.

Excessive speed. B and C failure. 1. Inc. can 2. you may obtain a re- placement by writing to: ● Nissan Canada Inc. Emission Defects Warranty cornering. or peak traction under-inflation. mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN and C. and exces. or excessive loading. or it is lost. mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle. other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor- The temperature grades are A (the highest). TN 37068-5003 The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor- For Canada mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. Franklin. Box 685003 sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. P. Grades B and A represent higher levels of Details of these warranties may be found with performance on the laboratory test wheel than other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor- the minimum required by law. B. L4W 4Z5 Technical and consumer information 9-17 Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/02/08—debbie X . If you did not receive a Warranty Informa- tion Booklet. you may obtain a re- when tested under controlled conditions on a placement by writing to: specified indoor laboratory test wheel.O. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following WARNING WARNING emission warranties: The traction grade assigned to this tire is The temperature grade for this tire is es- based on straight-ahead braking traction tablished for a tire that is properly inflated For USA tests. and its ability to dissipate heat tion Booklet. Emissions Performance Warranty cause heat build-up and possible tire Details of these warranties may be found with Temperature A. ther separately or in combination. or it is lost. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga. Emission Control System Warranty 109. ei- characteristics. Sustained ● Nissan North America. If you did not receive a Warranty Informa- generation of heat. Ontario. and not overloaded. hydroplaning. high temperature can cause the material of the Consumer Affairs Department tire to degenerate and reduce tire life. and does not include acceleration. representing the tire’s resistance to the vehicle.

reset to a “not ready” condition. If the Malfunction Indicator Light hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888. If a powertrain system component is repaired or vehicles.safercar.96 km/h) for at least 9 blinks for 10 seconds . If http://www. 1-800-NISSAN-1. Washington. inspection/maintenance test readiness condi. to http://www. you may call the Ve. then drive the vehicle at a speed of 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153). about motor vehicle safety from pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition. ditions and obey all traffic laws. the vehicle may be 2. D. 9-18 Technical and consumer information Z REVIEW COPY—2008 Versa (vrs) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 01/03/08—cathy X . To contact NHTSA. it the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary the engine to idle until the low temperature may open an investigation. I/M test. However. Allow If NHTSA receives similar complaints. The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when it 1. Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi- tion to notifying NISSAN. the low temperature indi- is driven through certain driving patterns. 20590. or write to: “not ready”. go 53 .gov. tion. then quickly release the accelerator come involved in individual problems be. Usually. indicator light goes out. check the vehicle’s pedal completely and keep it released for at tween you. and if it finds usage of the vehicle. least 10 seconds. or NISSAN. MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “not ready” con.safercar. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h) You may notify NISSAN by contacting our and maintain the speed for at least 3 min- Consumer Affairs Department. If the MIL does not blink after 20 Administrator. drive the vehicle through the following and maintain the speed for 20 seconds. Always drive the vehicle in a safe and cause injury or death. cator light illuminates in blue. your dealer. Turn the ignition switch ON without starting 3. prudent manner according to traffic con- ately inform the National Highway Traffic tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 campaign. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h) You can also obtain other information dition. Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times. SW. Stop the vehicle.60 MPH (86 . the I/M test condition is “ready”.REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ only) MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST If you believe that your vehicle has a de. at utes. Street. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a the engine. NHTSA cannot be. pattern. Start the engine. you should immedi. you cannot or do not want to perform the driving 6. NHTSA.gov. 5. 7.C. your vehicle may be re- quired to be in what is called the “ready condi.. it may order a recall and remedy the battery is disconnected. a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you. the I/M test condition is minutes. Before t